Insidious Meme

Phi – 04-24-2024

Phi - 04-24-2024

Phi - 04-24-2024

Episode Summary:

This document delves into the concept of "pulse" in relation to time and matter. It references thoughts from Nikola Tesla and Aristotle, emphasizing vibration and frequency as fundamental components of the universe. The text explores how the "pulse" hits us 22 trillion times a second, with each pulse creating and destroying matter, thus facilitating movement and the manifestation of reality. It further discusses the idea of sacred geometry, the phi (golden) ratio, and their pervasive influence across various natural and man-made systems.

The narrative extends into practical implications, such as potential uses in martial arts and science, where understanding these patterns could yield significant advantages. The discussion also veers into the realm of metaphysical and philosophical implications, proposing that mastering these concepts could lead to profound understanding and control over one's environment.

Additionally, the text touches on more esoteric subjects such as interdimensional travel, suggesting that beings known as "interdimensionals" operate by moving through the pauses between pulses, essentially traveling between frames of reality. This challenges conventional notions of space and time, offering a radical perspective on movement and existence within our universe.

The document also predicts shifts in societal structures and knowledge, suggesting that future discoveries related to these concepts will disrupt current understandings and systems. It advocates for a deep investigation into the nature of reality through the lens of pulse, time, and the phi ratio, asserting that this could lead to revolutionary technologies and insights.

#Pulse #Matter #Creation #Destruction #PhiRatio #Vibration #Frequency #Tesla #Aristotle #SacredGeometry #InterdimensionalTravel #SpaceTime #Metaphysics #Reality #Universe #Physics #MartialArts #Science #Philosophy #FutureTech #Revolutionary #TimeManipulation #GoldenRatio #NaturePatterns #Existence #Movement #CyclicalProcesses #Esoteric #MetaphysicalImplications #SocietalShifts #Disruption #Insights #Technologies #Understanding #Control

Key Takeaways:
  • The concept of "pulse" is essential for understanding the creation and destruction of matter.
  • The phi ratio and sacred geometry are integral to the structure of the universe.
  • Understanding these concepts could have practical applications in various fields.
  • Interdimensional travel may involve moving through pauses between pulses, redefining our notion of space and time.
  • Future technological and societal advancements may be influenced by these concepts.
Predictions:
  • Technological advancements will emerge from understanding the pulse and phi ratio.
  • Societal structures will change as new knowledge disrupts traditional understandings.
Key Players:
  • Nikola Tesla
  • Aristotle
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Phi - 04-24-2024

Hello, human. Hello, human.

It's in the afternoon here. Long damn day. Got all my chores done and heading back out to the coast, outbound anyway, wanted to natter on about pulse and time.

So we find from various people, like Nikola Tesla, even Aristotle, that vibration is a key. Tesla was really into vibration, and he kept alluding to it as if you knew the secret of three, six and nine, you'd have all the secrets of the universe, right? And he said that everything was frequency, which it is. So basically, I've had to do a lot of frequency work, studying mathematics on ultra frequency, ultra high frequencies, this kind of thing, because our old parts group is mostly busted up by the Russians at the moment. Everybody was kicked out of country and is out waiting some kind of resolution for their status to get back in, or a couple of them have just said, screw it, it's not going to happen in a couple of years.

So they're going off to other places. So one of the guys has gone off to settle in Turkey, over near the Gobeki Tepli dig. So we'll get some information that way. But nonetheless, our usual meetings are all disrupted. Haven't had those for, geez, almost a year.

And it's just gotten to the point where we can't convene because of the circumstances. And so we're all off doing other things. So I decided to mess about with thinking into the pulse and its interaction with our manifestations here as matter. And so basically it works this way. The pulse itself is from whence we derive sacred geometry.

Okay, so there's a pulse. It hits us 22 trillion times a second, and 2020 2 trillion times a second. There is a pause, but the pause has no duration. It has no time involved. So the pulse is time.

All right? What we think of as time here in the materium is basically an after effect or a hangover of the pulse itself. So duration, in all of the active properties of time that cozy rev had identified back when in the sixties, are all artifacts of the pulse itself. The pulse is time, and it goes 22 trillion times a second, and there's 22 trillion times a second of a pause. But here's the thing.

Within the pulse itself is the mechanism by which sacred geometry arrives here in the material, okay? And that's all the platonic solids, you know, golden ratio. Golden, mean all of that, right? So what happens is that the pulse creates all of matter, and then the void destroys all of matter. It's not really that the void destroys it, it's that the secondary we'll call it secondary.

But one of the functions of the pulse that we can identify that is different than the other function of the pulse is to destroy matter. And so matter is created and destroyed 22 trillion times a second, and the pause does not destroy the matter. What actually happens is the pulse itself creates and destroys. Okay? So the pulse itself creates matter, and then it destroys it such that we can have movement.

Without this, you wouldn't have movement within our reality. So if you go and look at movies and cartoons and stuff, you see that really, it's a bunch of separate images that are spun very fast together to give the illusion of movement, okay? And in between each of the images, the. There are things that change within the image, and we don't. We're not participatory of that because there's that gap in the image, right, where it's not actually that image, it's the previous one, or it's going to be the next one.

So this is the way our reality works as well, is that the pulse creates reality and destroys it. We get movement out of that, and we get motion, and we get, all the forms of force, power, and vibration that are in the materium come from that 120 to 122nd of a trillionth of a second pulse. When this pulse comes in, it actually comes in as phi. Okay? As the.

The ratio, the. The golden ratio, the sacred ratio of feet, okay? So that is expressed mathematically as a is to b as a plus b is to a. And so it's a relationship. It's a ratio.

We can render that ratio as a number. And if you divide for angles, if you want to get an angle that's a golden ratio angle, you end up coming up with a mathematical or a numeric approximation of 76.345. And then it goes on and on and on. Right? Infinite.

Or it's. If you want to just look at the ratio as the difference between the a and the b part, that comes down to 0.61,830,559, I think. And then it goes on, right? So we can get it. We can derive a mathematical approximation for fee, but.

But the fee itself is really the ratio, okay? And so you can find this ratio in anything. And so it's not dependent on the numerics, but so you can get fee ratios. And we see it in. It's what causes spiraling, you know, for all the shell seashells, all of that, it's what causes all the vortexes in reality causes tornadoes.

Tornadoes are a fee relationship with the energy involved. Same thing with whirlpools. You see it expressed in water falling from waterfalls. What's his name? Schonberger, the german implosion scientist, discovered fe naturally expressed in water.

As you tumble it out of a beaker, right? He found it in water continuously and constantly. And we see that ratio even within the things that live in water. You can find it not only in seashells, but, you know, spiral seashell kind of things. But we see it in the ratio of, you know, the bones to the larger mass of the fish, that kind of thing.

It is just everywhere fee is expressed in your body. There are fee relationships between your heart and the rest of your circulatory system. Within your heart and itself, and so on and so on and so on, right? We just keep seeing it. So now the fee relationship occurs because the first part of the pulse causes what I am calling primary magnetism to pop back into existence.

And that is where all the matter comes back in and goes, Boink. And it's all right there. Now, when it destroys us, when it destroys all matter, when the pulse in that 122 trillionth of a second, it does both of these. It creates matter and destroys it. And the amount of time and the amount of energy in both of those activities is the phi relationship.

Okay? So it'll have a part. The a part of the relationship of phi is the creation of matter. And the b part is that part of primary magnetism that is involved in the destruction of matter. So the magnetism, that's primary magnetism that gloms all the molecules together, pulls them all together.

And then there's another part of that primary magnetism that blows them all apart. They become repulsive to each other, right? And it just instantly disintegrates all matter. And so in our brains, this shit's happening so fast, we're not aware of the voids. We're not aware of the pauses of pulse.

We're just aware of the. Of the after effect of the pulse in the form of time and energy. So all energy within the materium comes from this pulse as a residual effect, an after effect within the materium itself. And this is where it gets really, really hinky, trying to describe shit, right? Because the pulse destroys matter.

But it's already, insofar as our brains can conceive, it's already recreated that matter even as it has destroyed it. And there is this after effect that exists from each of those discrete points in the activity of the pulse. And that after effect is us being in the materium, aware, conscious, etcetera, and able to deal with these after effects in the form of energy, and we'll see that the Phi relationship is all throughout energy, electricity, you know, any kind of gravitational forces. You know, they even find it repeatedly within the strong and the weak forces in terms of their relationships to each other within the bogus einsteinian quantum view of reality. Okay?

And so this fee relationship exists at this fundamental core level of the material. There is no other than consciousness itself, other than God, if you want to call it that, other than consciousness and universe itself. There is no deeper, no more primary, no more fundamental aspect of our reality than the pulse. So the pulse is our reality, and it's also our own cognition. It provides us with the energy in our bodies, and it just goes on and on and on.

Now, it's really interesting for me to think about this because there's all kinds of practical applications of it. Just knowing that this fee relationship exists, for instance, as a martial artist, can help you out, because you know that when the person is doing, you know, is responding to you or is attacking you or whatever, you know that they are involved in the fee relationship even if they are not aware of it. And so their attack might be the a part of the fee relationship, and you'll know that they'll have to go into a slight pause, which would be the b part of the relationship. And you could time your response to their attack to get them just as they're going into that part of the fee relationship. That is the b component, so to speak.

Right. This gets really tricky, but there's all different kinds of uses for it. Musicians would use it, you know, scientists would be, if they were aware of it, could use it in planning, experimentation, and so on and so on. Right? Astrologers could use it because it is fundamental to our materium.

We can't get away from it. It's here constantly. All of my thoughts, my voice is even composed of v relationships, and there's nothing we can do. We could not exist without them, nor could we create a situation in which the v relationship, the sacred geometry kind of stuff, does not manifest because it all comes out through the pulse. So knowing this, having this viewpoint of how reality decides to manifest itself and create itself, you could harmonize with this and use these things to your benefit, which I've done is, you know, repeatedly throughout my life, continuously, every time I get.

I get, like, bonus effects. It's all because I've been planning on and dealing with these. The fee effect within the sacred geometry and using it, you know, designing explicitly for it sometimes. And that kind of thing. It's very valuable to understand the relationship of all of the forces in universe and where they derive.

And you can even then use this knowledge to amplify the forces on your behalf, such as the key generation force in aikido or aiki jiu jitsu, that kind of thing, right? Or even zen meditation.

So, for instance, your pulse in your body is an aftermath of. It's an effect of the pulse that creates reality. As such, your pulse has few relationships within it. Okay? The diastolic to histolic relationship at any given moment will be expressing fee pretty much continuously.

This golden ratio stuff is very valuable and to know and provides you with a level of solidity that you don't get otherwise when you're designing and dealing with matter. So if I were dealing with matter, I always want to take advantage of the fee relationship. It's also harmonious. It, you know, promotes the feng shui in your house. If you have these relationships expressed within your structure and that kind of thing, you'll find these.

If you really want to go in and measure everywhere and get really precise at it, you'll find that you will keep coming closer and closer to feed relationships wherever you look. So you can, on most it, it's probably not possible to not discover it. But, for instance, in eggs, you know, the ratio of the diameter of the egg at its widest as opposed to the depth of the egg at its tall, tallest point will be a fee relationship. Get a set of micrometers and start measuring eggs and drive people crazy, you know? So anyway, so you'll see it around you all the time.

If you do design with it and use it, you'll be a lot more successful than if you ignore it and just sort of bumble along. Now, the b relationship relative to time is subtle, discrete, indistinct, and difficult to elucidate. All right, so cozy rev discovered, quantified, elucidated, and illuminated the active principles of time. And he did these without getting into the pulse or the fee relationship that causes these active principles to exist. And so this is where it gets really, really tricky.

Time is not homogeneous, okay? Time is not uniformly consistent nor continuous. So the pulse itself leaves time residue within the materium that is expressive of the phi relationship and has, within the lowercase t, time, small letters. Time in our materium, n has, let's call it soft spots, okay? So time is, it has active properties.

And these active properties can be manipulated, and you can cause things to occur relative to time. In talking about time, in the lower case, right. Time in the materium. You can do things within the materium to affect and either add time or remove time from a processes process or from an unfolding of something. So there are things you can do to actually affect the amount of time that is affecting something, whatever it might be.

Now, we cannot time travel. I mean, that's, that's horseshit, okay? And these guys that like, oh, Kerry Cassidy or, you know, I don't know, 107 or patriot underground or any of these guys that will talk to you about interdimensionals, right? And that's a misnomer. I mean, they really shouldn't.

I get pissed at him for using that word because that implies that these space aliens are coming from another dimension and putting themselves in our dimension where we have, you know, the three dimensions plus our residual time. And that's not really what happens. They're in the same dimension as we are. They have length and width and height and weight and all of this kind of stuff and in thickness. And they, they're around here with us.

It's just that they are going through dimensionless travel to get here, okay? So they're not really interdimensionals. They're not coming from some other dimension. They're not in the frequency range or any of that. What they're, what they're doing is removing the issue of the materium from their travels.

And so you have these stupid quantum guys, all these scientists out there saying, oh, they're folding space and time and bullshit guys, it has nothing at all to do with that. That makes it all far too complex. They are in no way altering the environment here at all. So that would imply that they're actually folding space around them in order that they might transmit themselves here in a very, very, very fast fashion without going through the intervening space. And that's not what is occurring.

You could think of it that way, but it's that requires all kinds of energy that these guys are not expending. So the UFO's don't travel that way. These people that are, that are labeled as interdimensionals do not deal with our material that way. What they're actually doing is, is that they understand that there is, as Nikola Tesla said, there is a 369 frequency issue, okay? And what these guys that are called interdimensionals are actually doing is that they are traveling in the pause.

Okay? So if you know that, so you can think of it this way, these interdimensionals are. Were all in movie frames. They're all moving at the same speed of display. And what these interdimensional guys are doing is simply moving from one frame in the movie to another frame in between the frames showing up on the screen.

One way to think of it is what they're actually doing is dialing in an address. And so here I am, sitting here in my car, heading out to the coast. And if I wanted to be an interdimensional, I'd have a little device here. And I would dial in an address for some planet around Alpha Centauri. And then I would push a go button.

As my finger released that go button, my address, my physical key address here in my body or my car or whatever. Whatever vehicle I'm using for this would change. I would change it from, you know, some incredibly long number to some other incredibly long number in between the. In the void in between the pulse, recreating it, my number gets changed relative to the materium. And so when the materium comes to the next pulse, that next 22,000,000,000,000th of a second interval of a pulse, I am created at that new address, at that new numeric address.

And so you can think of it as though you're swapping ip addresses in between sending two email messages. Something like that, right? Because fundamentally, that's what's going on. It's all happening at a numeric level. I'm not having to create vast quantities of energy and somehow grab hold of space, which doesn't really exist, or grab hold of time, which is really the artifact of the pulse, and then twist them in order to get myself closer to Alpha Centauri.

It's not happening that way. In my opinion, this is a wrong way to think about it because of the implications and the assumptions that are inherent in that way of thinking about it that are not valid about all the energy expenditures and so on. You just don't do it that way. You actually. Well, I won't go into that.

Okay, so we won't go into actually doing it. It's not really pertinent at the moment. But when you see these UFO's popping in and out of our reality here, they're just basically changing their IP address, so to speak, their network node for appearance in the materium to some other number and jumping there because. And they don't really jump. They just don't exist in between here and there.

Alright? So there's no need for them to go scoot, scoot, scoot in every frame to get to the place that they want to go. They just jump right to that frame. And when that frame is displayed on the screen, so to speak, or recreated in the materium, there they are. This causes human brains all kinds of problems, all right?

This disassociation of space and time relative to our understanding of our location really fucks with our heads. And I'm of the opinion it probably does. So for most of the species that end up doing this, for most of the species that use this form of travel, I'm of the opinion that they're. They're as equally screwed over by it as humans are. There will be residual effects on you.

Okay, so, so one of the things that I was always. It didn't make any difference. You couldn't do it. It legally wouldn't have happened. But Corey Goode could have proven that he had been time traveling and been off planet with a blood test, right?

If he'd ever been off planet or had ever time traveled, there would be residual effects that would be able to be assayed out of his blood. I won't go into those now, but they're again a function of the fee relationship. Holy shit. That's the biggest excavator I've ever seen. Geez.

I'm doing some heavy duty logging here, and they're taking this thing off property.

So when you see these UFO's popping in, know that we're going to be getting close to this new understanding, right? And so that, you know, some scientist guy will come along, he'll apply a bunch of numbers to it. They'll come up with a snazzy formula and some kind of a phrase to encapsulate it all. And then we'll all be talking about ZPT, right? Or ZPE, zero point energy.

And that's the Sci-Fi world. We're moving into this world. We're moving into it fairly rapidly. It's this sort of thing that provides us with anti gravity and all kinds of other cool stuff. This is also hugely powerful.

That's why the Elohim worship cult doesn't want you to have it, because then you're outside their control forever and they can't do anything at all to you. So bear in mind that if you could shift yourself one 1,000,000,000,000th of a second out of phase with the rest of the materium, nobody could shoot you. They could set off an atom bomb, and it wouldn't affect your body nor your mind, that kind of thing, right? You might be able to be affected by incredibly intense fucking around with radar level radio frequencies in the environment in which you were. But short of that, there's not going to be a whole lot in a material sense in terms of, you know, actual matter.

So bullets wouldn't harm you, they'd shoot it at you, and it would just hit this blank, gray sort of spot and fall to the ground because it couldn't proceed further. It wouldn't. It wouldn't harmonize, it wouldn't have the address for that location out of phase. It would only have the address for that location in phase with the rest of the pulse. And so if it's out of phase, it would be like running into some kind of alternate reality that wouldn't allow the bullet to enter because it wasn't synced up with its part of the pulse.

Anyway, like I say, we're going to come into this new understanding of this over the rest of this year. It'll take them, you know, 25 years. If we even try and recreate academia, I expect most of the colleges and universities to collapse here over the rest of this year. They're going to try and use the israeli genocide and the protests about it as their version of BLM, right, as the. As the BLM riots of this particular election cycle.

And this isn't going to go over. We're going to have all kinds of disruptions within the financial system as all of this stuff's going down. And one of the points of failure is going to be the university system. Now, this is really stupid on the part of the communists, because they need the university system to mind control people, to undermine their understanding of reality, shift them over to a communist view of reality, and then promote communism to them and make them energized to go out and do this. If these universities don't exist, if they all collapse, then there goes communism.

Because communism is driven by the long march through the institutions. And these guys have only gotten through the education institutions institution into the actual schools. They got the teachers colleges, then they got into the actual schools here for two generations. But they need to go four generations in order to get their kind of a communist revolution. And these anti Israel genocide things are not going to be the energetic enough to cause the communist revolution to occur.

And now it's also going to be really causing problems for the Elohim worship cult as all of the jewish culture gets upended. So it's not just me saying it. There's all kinds of people coming out with more information about the Elohim and the Talmud and the mind games that the Elohim are playing. And all of these kind of things. And it's really putting pressure on all of this, as well as the zionist genocide causing this big backlash.

All this shit's planned. Okay, so all of this stuff is planned by the Elohim worship cult. But their problem is that things are at an accelerated pace ahead of their timing and they're going to destroy, which they knew would happen anyway, and they were counting on it anyway, but it's going to happen too early. They're going to destroy the educational system, which provides them with a great deal of support in warping these people's minds. So it's going to be very interesting.

25 years here. Let's see.

Well, 24 more years. So we're in 24 more years of rising chaos and the settling of chaos and the building of a new common shared reality consensus. Anyway, guys, it's going to be really interesting.

Investigating the fee relationships and the energy involved will get you a long way towards understanding what's going to be emerging in Sci-Fi world as we go forward here over these next few months, you'll see these things start to occur. You're looking at a 25 plus year process for these to unfold and be integrated into our social order. So, as I say, it's going to be quite the energetic period of time. I've got to do some real work here now, so I'll set this aside and post these and get at a couple of more in a week or two, I think.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Emotional Burden – 01-26-2024

Emotional Burden - 01-26-2024

Emotional Burden - 01-26-2024

Episode Summary:

"Emotional Burden" by Clif High, published on January 26, 2024, delves into the psychological and emotional impacts of a rapidly changing world, particularly on those who are less aware or "normies." High discusses the immense emotional load people will face due to the crumbling of their familiar paradigms and worldviews. This dissolution, likened to a cookie dissolving in milk, results from the onslaught of "hypernovelty" – an overwhelming influx of new, radical, and often shocking information and changes.

High predicts that many people will struggle to adapt, experiencing confusion and emotional distress. They will find themselves in situations akin to being thrown into a new job without training, where they must learn on the fly in a constantly changing environment. This situation will be particularly challenging for normies, who are accustomed to reacting emotionally rather than analyzing and understanding their emotions. High warns of potential acting out and extreme reactions, including a rise in suicide rates, as people grapple with the revelations and changes.

The document also touches upon the broader societal and cultural shifts. High suggests that the "Wu people," or those who are already engaged with and understanding of these changes, will play a crucial role in shaping the new social and cultural paradigms. He discusses the need for resilience and adaptability, emphasizing the importance of being aware of and helping others through these transitions.

High also explores the concept of the "Elohim worship cult," a group that he suggests has been manipulating and controlling societal narratives. This group is described as fearing those who are waking up to the realities of the world, including the Wu people. High suggests that there is a battle of sorts occurring, not just on Earth but potentially extending to the Moon and other celestial bodies.

The text is imbued with references to various individuals and groups, including whistleblowers like William Tompkins and Mark Richards, and influencers within the conspiracy and truth-seeking communities. High also discusses the role of technology, particularly the advent of analog computing, and its implications for the future of artificial intelligence and investment opportunities.

Overall, Clif High's "Emotional Burden" presents a complex web of predictions, observations, and advice for navigating a world in the throes of profound change. He emphasizes the need for emotional awareness, critical thinking, and a readiness to support those who may be less prepared for the seismic shifts in societal, technological, and cultural paradigms.

#ClifHigh #EmotionalBurden #SocietalChange #Normies #Hypernovelty #ParadigmShift #EmotionalDistress #Adaptation #SuicideRates #ExtremeBehaviors #WuPeople #CulturalParadigms #ElohimWorshipCult #Awakening #Reality #TechnologicalAdvancements #AnalogComputing #Future #Awareness #Resilience #Support #Transformation #PsychologicalImpact #Confusion #Struggle #ActingOut #CriticalThinking #Conspiracy #TruthSeeking #ArtificialIntelligence #InvestmentOpportunities #SeismicShifts #SocietalNarratives #Manipulation #Control

Key Takeaways:
  • The imminent emotional and psychological toll due to rapid societal changes.
  • Struggles in adapting to new paradigms, especially for the less informed.
  • Predicted increase in extreme behaviors and suicide rates.
  • The significance of "Wu people" in shaping new societal and cultural norms.
  • The influence of the "Elohim worship cult" and its fear of awakening individuals.
  • The role of technological advancements, especially in analog computing, in shaping the future.
  • The need for emotional awareness, resilience, and community support during these transformative times.
Predictions:
  • A significant emotional burden and psychological distress for many people.
  • An increase in suicide rates and extreme behaviors.
  • The emergence of the "Wu people" as influencers in the new societal paradigm.
  • Shifts in technological focus, particularly towards analog computing.
Key Players:
  • Clif High (Author)
  • William Tompkins (Pretend Whistleblower)
  • Mark Richards (Pretend Whistleblower)
  • Corey Good (Pretend Secret Space Program Participant)
  • Jean Claude (Show Host)
  • Jay Widener (Controlled Individual)
  • Kerry Cassidy (Influenced by Fear of AI)
  • Gene Decode (Influencer in AI Fear)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Emotional Burden - 01-26-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Much later in the afternoon, heading out in the last 40 miles of the run to the coast. I have one small stop there. Got some food.

Casamia in Hoquim. They're my guys, man. They're lifesavers. So I won't have to cook for my wife and have to make dinner for the dog. Still at home, Boris is in the hospital for a couple of days, so as far as, like, housekeeping stuff here, I'm not going to be able to do my usual two audios a week driving in for food, because we've had to alter all of our plans, all of our regular routines over these past couple of months, a lot due to the stalker.

I haven't seen him for days, so maybe he's moved on, decided to go and hassle somebody else. Anyway, though, I won't be doing those kind of shopping expeditions anymore because of the nature of what I've got to do for the house and I'll have a sick dog to tend to. Even after he's back out of the hospital, he'll probably be in recovery for months.

Other bouviers that we've known that have had ulcerative conditions, sometimes six or eight months to really come out of it, so poor Boris is going to be needing extra care. But really, the deal is that I've swapped my shopping round, so I won't have these long runs. So I'm going to rely more on coastal resources. Anyway, though, wanted to talk about these next few months and what we're all going to be encountering. As authority falls away from things and the hyper novelty is revealed, we're going to have a lot of very upset people.

So if you go watch the Jean Claude show on beyond mystic with Carrie and Jay Widener, you'll get an idea, okay. These people, Carrie and Jay Whitener, were controlled. They were doing what they could to control themselves. And so imagine all of the normies who will not understand what's happening, won't understand why they have this huge emotional load. And really what my discussion at this point is for these next 22 miles is about the emotional load that everybody's going to face.

But that will be particularly hard on the normies, of course, because they won't understand why they feel this way, what's going on, and so they'll start feeling it as the surety of their world is removed from them and their authority disappears, their naradigm, their view of the planet and humanity and things going on is going to break. It'll crumble. Saying the cookie left too long in the milk, it just starts dissolving away. And so that's what's going to be happening to them as it dissolves, as their paradigm dissolves in the hypernovelty, they will have emotional responses. A lot of these emotional responses are going to be subconscious.

They may not even be aware of them because that's the way the normies are. They react to the emotion. They don't observe the emotion, analyze the emotion, and then respond. Instead, they simply react. That's what the Elohim worship cult is counting on, is that their herd animals, the humans, can be trained to react and ignore a reasoned response.

So the Elohim worship cult is very desperately afraid of us, right? These guys are. There's a lot of fear on their part, and somebody's kicking their ass on the moon. Okay? Maybe the Elohim worship cult is attacking people on the moon.

Maybe they're attacking non Elohim, non Earth humans. Or maybe they're attacking Earth humans. There's just no way to tell. At this stage, it is unlikely that they're attacking Nazis. And we don't have any definitive telltale.

So if you look at things like agricultural production specifically as the most monitorable, we don't have big holes. So if there were 10 billion people that were living in the moon, that were a breakaway civilization, and they still depended on Earth for water and food, we would see that. We would see vast quantities of spaceships going back and forth from here to the moon carrying water. We do see some of that activity. We do observe spaceships that go and suck up water and then go flitting off.

So these are like water delivery vehicles. We observe that, but not enough to say that it would be supporting any sizable population. At most. The kind of, there's a lot of these kind of reports. But in the general, over the mass of all of the UFO reports, they're somewhat, probably insignificant.

Less than 1% of them are described as being water takers. But anyway, so the normies here are going to have these emotions, right? They're going to have emotions that they will be feeling. They will be feeling unsteady, unstable, unmoored. They're going to have the whole untethered Heather action, where they have to constantly keep second guessing their mind, analyzing their own processes, because nothing makes sense anymore.

And this is really what it is. So imagine a situation where you got a job, and it's the first day on the job, and there's no real ability from the employer to train you. They've just got to pitch you in and let you train yourself as you're encountering the shit that goes on, right? So there's going to be a lot of that. It will be a lot like learning on the job because no one's going to be out here training you as to what's actually going on, nor will they be pointing out why you're having these emotions and what triggered it.

And most of the normies are not going to be in critical mind. They won't be able to analyze what exactly is triggering that particular feeling that they're feeling at that moment that is making them so upset. So they will simply react to their emotions, go with their emotions and express their emotions. And a lot of this will lead to acting out, okay? Just as we see the Jews acting out the Stockholm syndrome and having been trained for 2000 years to do genocide, now that the Elohim are gone, they left in 70 Ad and they haven't been around the Jews since then.

But we still see these people acting out because of that long term abuse and because they are not critically aware of their own environment and themselves.

It's going to be rough, okay? It's going to get increasingly rough. You're going to have friends that you're going to have to do counseling on. Better wait for them to break down than try and intrude because you may force a breakdown if you do. A lot of this information is going to be radical and wild and bizarre and so new that they will have to take a long time to think about it, to cogitate what this means for them and to intake a lot of this information into their new worldview in such a way that that worldview can be regular.

Now, if you're new on the job, there's that big rush of I don't understand any fucking thing. And you barely make it through the first day and then the first week, and it's like, maybe starts calming down in the second week or so. And by the time you've done it for a while, a lot of it is done on automatic pilot, as we say. Right? So a lot of it would be done without the need for your conscious thinking about what you're doing and how you're doing it.

You'll just sort of do it by body memory. I wrote, humans like doing things like this, the elohim like that. Humans like doing this because they can train us relatively easily and then we don't bother our minds with the larger context of what we're being trained to do and why. We just like the training, we accept it, and on we go, operating as a normie. So that skilled on the job thing is not going to be happening for a lot of people for a long damn time because of the underpinning that we rely on in order to form a paradigm, a naradigm that actually allows us to go into operation in automatic mode.

Right, where you would know how to respond because you've done it a few thousand times, that sort of thing here, it's all going to be new to you. You'll have to think about it. A lot of people are just going to flip off into reaction mode because they have no skills for monitoring themselves and doing anything else in that regard. Right, and approaching it from any other way.

The lack of skills is going to extend within the normies, across the broader span of the normies, for a number of years. Maybe it'll be a decade before people really start in the outlying areas of our social order, start feeling comfortable with what is now coming out of the core. The core is going to be rebuilt around the woo people. As bizarre as that to say, the core of our new social order will be built around all you bastards. Okay?

It's going to be so because of the nature of the lead follow kind of thing. So we know that as a movement becomes successful, the people within that movement, whatever it is, political, economic, whatever, a new paradigm, whatever, within that movement, as those people that had been involved in it get close to success, naturally, we get this infighting and attempt to define, if you will, sort of an orthodoxy right of a naradigm so that we can work towards a new collective naradigm and dismiss those things that must be dismissed because they're bogus and know, like William Tompkins and Mark Richards and a lot of these whistleblowers, okay? And a lot of these pretend super soldiers and pretend secret space program participants like Corey Good. And a lot of the people that are emulating him after his success on Gaia, those people are not going to be participating to any real great extent in the crafting of our new Naradigm, our new paradigm that will eventually be adopted by the normies and the larger mass of the social order. While all this is, okay, so the reason that the Wu people will be doing that is because we're the leading edge on the conspiracies, right?

We go boldly where no man has gone before in sussing out conspiracies and all of this kind of stuff, right? So morrow, big Lino, he's a woo person. He's a leader, he is defined in, what's her name? Biz shrink Jan Harper Hayes. He is defined in her work as a seer, okay?

Because he sees shit that others don't. Now, his vision is limited. He's focused in on the Elohim worship cult and the books and so on. Plus he's got some neurone issues, nervous system issues, health issues. But he's a woo person and will be providing the backup and the support for the factual parts of the Naradigm relative to the Elohim worship cult.

There's a lot of people you can pick out now that will be part of all of this, of reshaping of our cultural order. And it's going to be global, and it's not a cultural revolution and communism and socialism and Marxism and blue hair and all of that kind of stuff is just going to fade away as part of the hyper novelty accommodation or absorption by humanity. The Wu people are out here leading because we're not convinced in general, woo people never become convinced that they know what the fuck they're talking about, right? I mean, I know what I'm talking about, in particular on individual items, but I'm constantly, constantly looking for those things that I don't yet know about relative to my paradigm, sort of backfilling my assumptions, if you will, coming up with new assumptions based on actual facts and manifestations. And so I'm constantly seeking, constantly seeing, right?

As a result of the constant seeking, I see stuff that others don't. So I become aware of, for instance, three years ago, the move in the greater computing world into more analog computing. Again, Allah, the 1950s, only this time with a digital hook on it. That seems to indicate not only that we'll be moving into new computing environments and have new forms of AI and all this sort of shit, but also that somewhere, someone in a hole in the ground has apparently cracked the code for that. And a lot of this is being introduced at this stage, right?

It's not new inventions. Now, humanity is very much inventive. We like inventing new shit, and we will do so at vast levels. Huge amounts of new inventions are headed our way as the neurodigime fails. We see this happen repeatedly throughout history, even back into the Kali yuga, that, as a naradigm, is failing.

Thoughts are made free, and you have a renaissance, right? A reblooming of your social order. And that's what we're coming into now. We'll have vast quantities of inventions. So many of these inventions will probably fail because they won't be commercially viable one way or another, and we've got to rebuild all of our commercial infrastructure to a great degree.

But as the space alien technologies come on out, we're going to find ourselves in a situation where the inventions will be at such a different level that material reality will change relative to making those inventions. So we will do less casting of iron kind of things, right, the brute force kali yuga kind of stuff. And we'll be doing a lot of growing materials, growing amalgam metals together with ceramics and other stuff to produce interesting new devices that will, because of their very nature, be participating in the analog computing revolution that's underway. And we're in the very beginning of the analog computing revolution. Let me see.

So we're probably like 1971 status relative to digital computing, relative to the new resurgence of analog computing. And it was in 79 that we started seeing the first commercially produced portable computers.

So it's a second generation of our prototypes that had been made into commercially viable material by 79. And so from 79 until now has been the computer revolution that brings all of this stuff to the point where we've got AI scaring Kerry Cassidy and other people. They're scared of AI, probably a lot of them, because of gene decode and Kerry Cassidy and some of these other numb nuts that are out there saying, AI is going to come and eat your lunch.

If one wanted to be an investor in this kind of an environment, I would look for nascent analog computing companies, and I put my money in them, right, not by buying stock, but by direct investment in getting these guys enough funds sometimes to get them over significant hurdles. That's how the tech industry worked in the beginning. You'd get seed capital, and then the seed capital guys, maybe they would buy into ten different companies and eight of them would crap out. One would be viable and one would be a wild success. And that wild success not only gave them all kinds of cool bragging rights and stuff among their buddies, but also provides them the wherewithal to do another round of ten companies and lose their investment in eight, just because that's the nature of the investment business in an industrial environment.

But you still make money on the 9th and the 10th. The 9th one plugs along, it pays for itself, and it's going to be a long term producer at a fairly steady rate. The 10th one will be spectacularly valuable, instantly acclaimed kind of thing. Not really instant. It'll take a couple of years, but then it'll be hugely acclaimed, and the next thing you know, you're one of the founders of Apple.

That kind of thing, right? So you can be wildly wealthy with direct investment in very small firms, and usually these investments are not that large. To get them over these technical hurdles here, we're going to have a couple of technical hurdles that will require significant continuing and losing investment until they crack certain processes, like in the production of materials, the ability to grow metals together in precise fashion under energetic solution or conditions, where you put so much in one vat, so much in another vat, you do things with magnetics, you superheat the shit and all this other stuff, and then you let them grow together very much in an organic growth kind of a process. Or really, it's more akin to, like, crystallization of salts or something, right? Because it's not alive.

It's not true growth. It's just dealing with the material that's there. So, anyway, it's a very exciting time. I personally like analog computing. I want to make a bunch of analog devices myself, just because I love the code and the elegance that you can achieve using what I think of as nuanced computing, which is the ability to get at more than simply ones and zeros.

I'm looking around for them as I find good ones. I will pass those on to people that have an interest in it, and maybe we'll form some kind of an awareness club. Not an investment club, but an awareness of potential investment clubs, right, where we might just have, like, a heads up kind of a thing. Hey, we saw these companies that got a decent idea. They're at this stage.

Our guess on their probability of success is XYZ. These kind of information will be able to be coming out later on. And so right now, I invent this newsletter that maybe I'll put out, and everybody will have to pay to get my thoughts on these new potential products and stuff. So we're in this inventive phase, right? And it can be quite lucrative for people as you move into this.

It's not going to be that way for most of the normies. They'll be coming on in later as they gradually acclimatize to the fact that humanity has changed. Planet's the same, but we're a new humanity, and things are not working out for the mother Wefers and the Elohim worship cult in a big way. So they already know they've lost. They're fighting a retreat battle, trying to keep themselves alive through this and secure something for themselves in the future.

They're very much afraid that that won't be able to be accomplished, and they'll be swept aside by the tide of history. I hope so. I mean, I personally would enjoy that. Justice is really cool. But in the meantime, I'm concentrating on the future and those things that will be coming into us, towards us.

So I got two more miles here anyway. So the emotional reaction in the normies, you guys are going to just have to be aware that it's happening. And when you run into people that you know or brand new or whatever, and they're having a conniption fit or they're having an anger fit or whatever, recognize first that they're having a fit and have a method of responding in terms of calming them down, telling them it's going to be okay, and then you can deal with the individual details. So assess the context of what you're dealing with and how desperately dire it is. Kind of a situation many people will probably want to commit suicide as we go forward.

I'm not shitting you on this, okay? Many of the normies that are three boosters into the shot regimen will discover all this stuff, and many of them will just decide, no shit's going to kill me. I'll check out. Now, others will be so distressed about what their government, their elected official that they trusted, that they put their authority markers on has fucked them over, that they'll want to commit suicide. So we'll have a lot of that.

So I expect a very large wave of suicides, maybe beginning at the end of this year. I'll let you know as we get closer to some of these markers as to when this might occur. And if you've got friends that are exhibiting these kind of characteristics you're talking about XYZ here, then it might give you a heads up as to how to deal with it. We won't reach that point for a number of months. We've got to go through these two big breaking points here of hyper novelty hitting the normies in June, and then we'll see how bad it is.

Maybe it'll be really bad, and we'll start seeing suicides in just a couple of months after that. Or maybe it won't be quite as bad because there are people working to reduce that potential. All right? And there are. There are people working to reduce that potential.

And I don't call them white hats. I call them the sock, the self organizing collective. I do this for very specific reasons based on grammar and logic.

The white hats is just a tv label that is not meaningful and doesn't tell you anything about the nature of the group or whatever you're dealing with. And so the Elohim worship cult could be doing white hat kind of activity just to sucker you along for some time and then lead you into a trap. So with the sock, you can see how they're organized and what's going on and this sort of thing. And we actually see these people approaching others. So they approach people in the Wu community.

So a lot of people in the process of these guys running around trying to corral all of the influencers, they've had to come and talk to us that have turned them down. And thus we know that there is this move going on. So we do have support for our view that, oh, there's a movement now to corral and codify and provide an orthodoxy for the new naradigm that is being run through influencers. And we see them most effective in what I'm calling the type four or category four influencer who's barely out of normiehood, right? Maybe they're three years awake.

They think themselves awake, and they've not even touched the issue of the elohim and their religion. So they may have another dozen years before they get to the point that they have that crash. In the normal course of events, they don't have those dozen years. Okay? It's going to be really rapid once we cross this hyper novelty boundary for the normies, shit's going to happen so fast your head will swim.

And that is part of our situation here, part of the hyper novelty. So anyway, so I'm here now. I've got to do this last stop, pick up some stuff, getting some local harvest here, clams and that kind of thing. Anyway, guys, so I'll talk to you later, though these will be infrequent, few and far between the talks. I mean, I'll do one, hopefully I can, when I go in to pick up Boris in a couple of days.

And then it'll be spotty and irregular, but I'll try and do videos in the meantime as much as I can as we move into some of this stuff. All.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Graham Hancock Talks With Mauro Biglino – Gods Of The Bible – 2023-04-06

Graham Hancock Talks With Mauro Biglino - Gods Of The Bible - 2023-04-06

Graham Hancock Talks With Mauro Biglino - Gods Of The Bible - 2023-04-06

Episode Summary:

The document "Gods of the Bible: Graham Hancock talks with Mauro Biglino" is a comprehensive discussion focusing on the interpretation of biblical texts, especially the Old Testament, and its implications on understanding the concept of God, technology, and civilization mentioned within these texts. This summary covers the first 18 pages out of 21.

Detailed Discussion Points:

Translation and Interpretation of the Bible:

Biglino emphasizes the importance of understanding the original Hebrew texts of the Bible to comprehend the true meaning of various terms, which are often mistranslated or misinterpreted in modern versions. The discussion delves into the nuances of words like "Elohim," "Yahweh," and others, explaining how traditional interpretations might not align with the original meanings.

Technology in Biblical Texts:

The text discusses various instances in the Bible that may hint at technological tools or advanced knowledge, such as the Ark of the Covenant, the Shamir, and the Kavod. These objects are traditionally understood as divine or mystical but might be interpreted as technological artifacts from a more advanced civilization.

Elohim and Their Role:

The dialogue explores the term "Elohim," traditionally understood as God or gods in Hebrew, suggesting it might refer to beings from an advanced civilization or multiple entities with superior technology and knowledge, not necessarily divine in the spiritual sense.

Historical and Cultural Context: The conversation also touches upon how historical, cultural, and linguistic changes have influenced the understanding and translation of biblical texts, urging a more nuanced and open-minded approach to interpreting these ancient scriptures.

Spirituality, Religion, and Prophecy:

The text critically examines the religious and spiritual assertions made in the Bible, discussing the nature of prophecies, the concept of monotheism, and the historical implications of religious dogma and its influence on society and culture.

Personal Experiences and Theories:

Both Hancock and Biglino share their personal journeys and how their work intersects with the broader questions of history, archaeology, and the understanding of human civilization's past.

This partial summary provides an insight into the profound discussion between Graham Hancock and Mauro Biglino, reflecting on the complexities of biblical texts, the possibility of advanced ancient technologies, and the implications of their interpretations on our understanding of history and spirituality.

#GrahamHancock #MaurioBiglino #Elohim #BibleTech #AncientTechnology #Misinterpretation #HebrewTexts #ArkOfCovenant #Kavod #Shamir #Monotheism #Prophecy #Spirituality #AdvancedCivilizations #HistoricalContext #CulturalImpact #ReligiousDogma #ScripturalDebate #TranslationErrors #BiblicalArchaeology #MythVsReality #AncientScripts #DivineEntities #SpiritualNarratives #ReligiousInquiry #TheologicalImplications #CivilizationSecrets #Mistranslation #HistoricalReevaluation #ReligiousHistory #BiblicalUnderstanding #CriticalExamination #ArchaeologicalInsights #LostCivilization #AncientWisdom #ScripturalTechnology #SacredTexts

Key Takeaways:
  • The term "Elohim" might refer to beings with advanced technology, not necessarily divine gods.
  • Objects like the Ark of the Covenant and Kavod could represent ancient technological artifacts.
  • Misinterpretations and mistranslations of Hebrew texts have significantly affected the understanding of the Bible.
  • There's a need to reevaluate the spiritual and historical narratives told in biblical scriptures.
  • Recognizing the influence of religious dogma is crucial for a comprehensive understanding of human history.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Graham Hancock Talks With Mauro Biglino - Gods Of The Bible - 2023-04-06

Are there other traces in the Bible of objects that might reasonably be interpreted as technology? We have the ark, we have the shamir, we have the kavod, we have a ruach. That's the rising up? Yes, the flying. Yes, the ruach.

So some sort of suggestion of a flying machine? Yes, flying machine. Do that. Those are described clearly as flying machine. Of course, in the Bible.

In the Bible. Give me an example. For example, in the Book of Ezekiel, in the Book of Exodus, is clearly described the cupboard of Yahweh, that when Moses called to Yahweh, the possibility to see this coward, and Yahweh says to him, you cannot stay in front of Kavod, because if you are in front of Kavod, you die.

That is important. Yahweh cannot do nothing. So God is not potent in front of the dangerousity of the. And that is very interesting. Yahweh tells to Moses, you can hide you after these rocks.

So the rocks can do what God cannot do, right?

Yes, very much so.

Maro, a pleasure to meet you. I've heard a lot about your work. It's a pleasure for me, and I thank you for having me here in your home. It's an honor. You're welcome.

Very nice to meet you. Now, fundamentally, the issue at stake is translation, the translation of the Bible. So let's establish some things clearly when we talk about the Bible. We're talking about the Old Testament. When we talk about the Bible, normally we talk about the Old Testament also the name.

May I interrupt there just to clarify? Is the Old Testament identical in contents to the Torah? We have many versions of the Old Testament. We have the Old Testament in the masoretic version, that is the official version, we have the older testament of the Samaritans, who contains 300 differences from the Old Testament of the Masoretic. We have the Old Testament in the Dead Sea Scrolls, that have, for example, only in the book of Isaiah 250 differences.

Okay, so we have many Old Testament, right? But they. The theologians says that the Old Testament. True. Is that in the version of masoretic.

Okay, explain Masoretic to me. Masoretic is a family named also school of Tiberiade, that worked on the version of the Old Testament between 16 and 19 century after Christ. And they added the vowels because the Old Testament was written only by consonant, so the people could read it, could insert whichever they wish to. Exactly. So this masoretic school fixed the vowels to fix the possibility of reading the Old Testament.

And I translated this not because I think it is the best or the unique of the truth. But because the theologians say is the truth, this is the definitive. The definitives. First of all, with our friends, I apologize for my English, but I'm learning it since few months. And so I hope to make you understand.

You're certainly making me understand. So I still want to come to this point that the original book is the Torah. Yes. And that's the name of the Hebrew Bible. Yes.

If I take the masoretic translation of the Torah, it's identical in content. They contain the same books, not in all the translations. Right? There are many different. The differences and often are also important.

When we are in front of this book, we have only be careful to the contest. To the contest. Because the translation of a unique term is always uncertain. Is uncertain. Also, if all the scholars of the world say that this is the translation is not certain, right.

They're using their authority. Okay? They use their authority because often they are dogmatic, of course. And so we have to use the context to understand the real meaning of single terms like the verb bara, who is present in the first verse of the Bible. In the Genesis.

Bereshit barai loim Ashamai Maret Aratz saw the term shadai. That doesn't mean Almighty, but it means lord of the mountains, lord of the step. But in the Bible, you find always the translation Almighty. But they know is not Almighty. Because, for example, in the Bible of Jerusalem, in the notes they write that the translation Almighty is a mistake.

Right? But since in the Bible must be God, God must be Almighty. So they insert Almighty. Also, they know that Shaddai doesn't mean Almighty. So.

But to be clear, in the original Hebrew, if somebody is a hebrew speaker and understand Hebrew, clearly, they will not read. Yes. They will not read the word almighty. No, exactly. They understand the real meaning.

So the problem is with the translation out of Hebrew into other languages. Exactly. Okay. Exactly. What is your special qualification to translate and to comment on biblical text?

I studied Hebrew with the hebrew community of Turin. After I started to translate. What led you to start learning Hebrew? For my interest. For my personal passion.

My personal passion, as you. I wanted to understand, really, because I know Latin, Greek, ancient Hebrew. And so I wanted to know what is really written in this so called holy book. Yes. And after I started to translate for me, the publishing house Sao Paulo, that is the main important publishing, catholic publishing house of the Vatican, saw my translation.

And after they asked me to translate for them. I see. And I translate 70 books of the Old Testament. They published them exactly as I translated. You were translating into Italian or into which language?

Into Italian. Into Italian, yeah. But when I was translated for them, for example, the term eloim was not translated, remained eloim. I see. Because in the word, nobody knows the really meaning of the term Eloim.

So it's better not translate it, but to leave it as it. As it is. Exactly. Which is. So that's a transliteration that we're looking at.

In my contract, they wrote that I must make a literary translation. So terms as Shadai Eloim were not translated, they were left as they were. Interesting. So it's true to say then, that you're an official Bible translator for the Vatican? Yes.

For the publishing Sao Paulo. For the Vatican, yes. And how is the relationship between you and the Vatican? When I started to explain to the public the really meanings and when in 2010, I started to write my first book about the literary translation of the Bible, I was fired in 1 minute. 1 minute, yeah.

It's very explosive subject. All finished. Right. So you had a temporary connection with the Vatican. Yes.

And that resulted in the translation of 70 books. Yes. After they published this 70 book with my name, and they're still in print, they now changed my name. They made, I don't know, a revision of this book. So to can insert another name and cancel my name.

And when the relationship finished, they started again to translate Elohim with God. But when I was working for them, Elohim was not translated. So do you think this is the essence of the problem then, between you and the Vatican is the. Oh, yes. Great problem.

But in 2016, I organized a meeting with four of the main theologians in Italy, one Catholic, all academics, an archibi of Orthodox Church, rabbi, chief of Hebrew community, and the most important biblical translator, Protestant. We met in front of 600 people.

They must say in front of these people that in the Bible there is no the concept of creation by nothing. There is not the concept of transcendence, there is not the concept of spirituality, there is not the concept of Almighty. And so I was here and I thought in my mind, but they are saying what I say normally. Yeah. Let's dig deeper into this question of El and Elohim and Yahweh or y h vh.

Yes. If I understand y h vh, it's supposed to mean I am that I am or I am what I am. Is that incorrect? No, it's not correct, because nobody knows the real meaning of the tetragrammaton. Yes.

Because when it was pronounced, the Hebrew language did not exist. Right. So nobody knows in what language was. Let me pause you there. You're saying the Hebrew language did not exist and when it was pronounced, are we talking about to Moses for sample?

Yes. And of course, nobody can absolutely confirm that Moses was a real historical figure at all. But if he was, then they would put the date at maybe 1200 bc. 1200. Or in opinion of other scholars, 505th century BC.

BC. So much later. So there's some disargument about, but nobody is sure about this. But when did the Hebrew language come into existence?

In that moment, Aramaic was the international language language as the English now. Yeah, but we don't know. Pardon? We don't know in what language the so called Yahweh speaked. But, for example, we must know that the vowels of Yahweh were put 2000.

2000 year after their first pronunciation. So nobody knows real sound of this name. If we accept the early dates for Moses, 1200 bc. Yes. You're saying that the language that Moses spoke could not have been Hebrew?

No, the language could have been ancient Egyptian. Yes. Perfect. Yeah. Could have been ancient Egyptian.

Egyptian. Is it controversial to say that the Hebrew language did not exist in 1200 bc? In that time, started to exist a form of language which is defined a previous Hebrew. Old Hebrew. Old Hebrew.

But it's not Hebrew because the Hebrew really started to exist as a dialect of western Semitic only in the 10th century before Christ. Right. So this entity called y, h, vh or Yahweh. We don't know what language he spoke to Moses in? No, no, we don't know.

But since Moses was reared in the household of the pharaoh, it's most likely to be in the ancient egyptian language. Yes. Does that make sense? Yes. So later on, much later on, it is imposed into another language which is Hebrew.

Yes. And they don't use vowels at that time, is that right? So Y-H-V-H are all consonants and we don't know what the vowels are? No, we don't know. We don't know.

The vowels started to be written between the 6th and the 9th century before. After Christ. After Christ. After Christ. Right.

So that's when. Sorry for English. Okay, no problem. So this is an interpretation in the hebrew text that is put upon those consonants, yhva, and generally it's interpreted as God. Now, what about El and Elohim?

And how do they relate to Yahweh or yhvh? L could be. Could be, but it's not sure. Could be the singular of Loem, but it's not sure. L and Loem could be two terms independent and the singular of Loim could be loa that correspond to Allah in the Semitic.

Oriental, eastern semitic. I'm thinking of places in Israel like Bethlehem means the house of God, house of El, which is often translated as the house of God. But you're saying that there's no legitimacy to that translation. No, absolutely.

Okay, but I sure of that. Not because I know the real translation of the term l or eloim, but because nobody knows the translation. 1st, 2nd, if we read what is really written in the Bible, all people understand that El and Eloim. And Eloah doesn't mean God, right? Can't mean.

God, right? Can't mean. And would any modern day Hebrew speaker and Hebrew expert agree with you on do they? My manager. So where do they get?

Is studying Hebrew with University of Jerusalem. And they hear from her teachers translations that are similar to mine. Right.

And yet modern Judaism defines itself as a monotheistic faith which believes in one God. So where is that God? In the Hebrew Bible, there are many Judaism, but there are many christianities too. But they all share the view that they're monotheistic religions, as indeed is Islam. They would define themselves as monotheists.

Yes, but there are many important executives. Hebrew that tells that writes clearly that l, eloim, Eloah, Yahweh doesn't refer to the same person.

Okay, tell me, what are the implications of that? What does that lead us to? What are your conclusions from that? That Eloim was superior civilizations that divided the various population in Kindles. Right.

The populations of the whole earth, or of just the Middle east? Of the whole earth. And Yahweh was in charge of the population named the sons of Israel. That is Jacob, not the leader of all Hebrews, but only of the family of Jacob. Right.

The other family of Hebrew, like Moabites, ammonites, Edomites, et cetera, was assigned to other elohims that the Bible names clearly. Kamosh, Milcom, Dagon, Asherah. And in many Dagon and Asherah I recognize as canaanite or so called philistine deities. But they are Present in the Bible. They are referenced in the Bible.

We hear that the Ark of the Covenant destroys Dagon in the city of Ashdod. They're present in the Bible for sure. But what are they defined as? What are they? Eloim.

Yeah, always Eloim. But the theologians say that those Eloim were not existent, were only idols or idols. I understand Dagon and Asherah being referred to as idols, but the word eloim is also, according to you, wrongly translated as the one God. Yes. It is a wrong translation.

So Eloim refers to a multiplicity of. Yes, to a multiplicity of gods. By short, yes, absolutely. I wanted to reduce the number of the eloim present in the Bible. I reached the number of 23, right?

23, yes, but I reduced the number of the Eloima present in the Bible. Right. So there are no doubts. How did you reduce it?

Reading and translating the Bible, which is name, which reading also the writings of the peoples that fighting with the people of Israel. But those peoples are of the same family of Abraham. And there they, in their scripts, named clearly the name of their eloims. And the name of their eloims is present in the Bible. For example, in the Bible of the judges is named Kamosh as the God of Moabites, or Moabites.

There is a stone of Moabites in which is written that they fought with Israelites and they win. And they win against the people of Yahweh. And they were ruled by their eloim. So you're seeing these eloim as some sort of. You're not jumping to conclusions about what they are, but you're saying they're not gods, they are of an iger civilization.

Yes. That could survive the great fluid. Okay, we'll come to that. So let's go with this idea that peoples from another civilization are advising or organizing peoples around the world. So we have Israel.

We have the peoples of Israel. We're told that they're brought out of Egypt by Moses. Does Moses receive a divine instruction or any instruction to take the people out of Egypt? And if so, who gives that instruction? Yes, but in fact, Moses told to that Eloim, who are you?

Yes, because he wanted to be sure with which he was speaking. Okay. Because he done news. I suppose the most controversial thing that you're saying, really, is that God, as we are taught to understand God. I don't know.

Personally speaking, I'm not a Christian. I don't belong to any of the mainstream religions. I don't have strong religious views. I have had experiences that I would describe as spiritual, but I'm not a Christian. But I have an idea of what christians think God is.

And what Christians think God is, is a man, often with a beard, who is the father of Jesus Christ somehow, and is alone. He's one God. One God. And if I understand you correctly, you're saying there's no basis for that in the Bible. In the Bible there is no basis.

And that's the Old Testament of the Bible. Old Testament, absolutely. There is no basis for this construction of the image of the God like a person. When do you think that image began to be constructed in the Bible? In the Bible?

At the time of the exile. At the time of the exile. In Babylonia. In Babylonia, right. In Babylonia, right.

Because before they weren't conscious of the existence of many elohims. Yes, clearly in the Bible. Yeah. What I wonder is if this Elohim idea is correct and that we have an organizational force which is organizing different cultures around the world. What was going on between the ancient Egyptians and the early Hebrews at that time?

I mean, Moses leads the children of Israel out of Egypt, we're told in the Bible. But Egypt seemed to carry on in its own way afterwards for at least another thousand years. Did they have an Eloim or looking after them?

What about Mesopotamia? The Eloim, they don't call them Eloim, of course, because was another language. But I think they were the same in Hebrew. Was Eloim. In Mesopotamia was Elu or Ilano.

In Egypt was other name. But the same function. Yeah, but the same function, the same characteristics.

So to cut a long story short, do you interpret these entities as human beings or you interpret them as human beings? So this is where there's a crossover with my work and your work, in the sense that I have advocated the possibility of a lost civilization of some sort which originated during the ice age and which was destroyed in the global cataclysms that brought the ice age to an end. Now, it has for a long time seemed to me that the wisdom and knowledge of that civilization was not lost completely, but it was preserved. That there may have been specific groups of people who were charged with carrying that knowledge down into the world. So I can see the crossover with, it's absolutely possible that eloim.

Were those human beings with special knowledge. Yes. Of iger technology. Now, the thing is that we have a very long gap if we agree on the flood, which is another question I want to ask you. The biblical flood is, of course the best known flood myth in the world.

Everybody knows about the flood of Noah, whatever their religion is today. Everybody knows about the flood of Noah. But not everybody is aware that there are maybe 1000 other stories that tell of a global flood and cataclysm that afflicted the earth and that caused great destruction and changed things completely. And I've long been of the view that the most likely period for that cataclysm is the end of the ice age. It's a time of tremendous global changes.

And it's a particular period called the Younger Dryas. Yes. And it runs roughly for 1200 years, from 12,800 years ago to 11,600 years ago. 11,600 years ago, we get a final massive pulse of meltwater which raises sea levels very rapidly. It's one of the reasons why I'm interested in the story of Atlantis, actually, because that is the date 11,600 years before our time, 9000 years before the time of Solon is the date that Plato gives for the submergence of Atlantis.

I know. So if these calculations are correct and we're looking at a global cataclysm that had its final massive spasm of disaster 11,600 years ago, that's a long gap to the time of the Hebrews and the exodus from Egypt, which is 1200 bc, 3200 years ago. So we have about 8000 years gap now. One of the things that my critics find hardest to accept is the idea that a wisdom tradition, that specific knowledge, perhaps even specific technologies originating with a lost civilization could have been preserved for 8000 years. Preserved?

It's absolutely possible. So talk to me about why it's possible. Yes, because also in the egyptian culture I read that the priest, Phoenician Sankunyaton, who wrote and Elzebio of Cesarea report his words and he said that the priest of ancient Egypt uncovered under the myths a true history of an ancient civilization. Well, in Egypt we have entities like this one here and this one here. These are not Horus and Anubis.

These are the souls of Pei and Necken. And they are also related to another group called the followers of Horus. And their purpose? Specific purpose, as described in the ancient egyptian text, was to transmit knowledge from the past into the future. That they're a kind of secret brotherhood.

They could also be a secret sisterhood because the ancient Egyptians were very admiring of powerful women as well. They were a secret society, if you like. I prefer not to say a brotherhood, a secret society which passed down knowledge from the past into the present.

The most difficult thing to believe is that such a secret society could survive for 8000 years. Often when I'm criticized about that, I point out that there are ideas that do last for thousands of years and that do continue and that are repeated. Even the idea of the flood is an idea that has lasted for thousands of years. But what's your feeling about the dating of this? Do you accept the notion of a flood more than 11,000 years ago?

Or would you prefer it more. Is there anything in the Bible 11,000 years ago? It's fascinating that where the Bible says that the ark of Noah ends up is Mount Ararat, which is now in Turkey. Yes. Although it's actually visible from Armenia.

You can see the Mount Ararat more clearly from Armenia, but it's now in Turkey. Now, the interesting thing is, there's no question whatsoever, from a factual point of view, that whatever floods took place at that time, at the end of the ice age, none of them reached the slopes of Mount Ararat. They did not. Mount Ararat was never submerged 11,000 years ago or 100,000 years ago. It was not submerged.

But the idea that survivors of a flood would seek refuge in high places, that makes sense to me. Yes. Because also Nicola Damasheno write in his books that when Noah arrived on top of this mountain, he found here other people. Interesting. Found other people.

And these people were afraid to descend. Right. And Noah, with her sons, convinced them to descend. Right. But this is not in the Bible.

This is in some other text. This is in the text of Nicola of Damascus, first century before Christ. Right. So it's an exegesis on the. So how interesting.

So he found people there already, which is what I would expect. I mean, the reason that Mount Ararat is of interest to me is because of its relative proximity to these sites now being discovered in Turkey. Gobekli Tepe is also 11,600 years.

Tepe is another proof of an Igar civilization. I believe it is, yes. I think we're looking at evidence for that. But what's fascinating is the thought that the. And this is what archaeologists most oppose, is that the thought that knowledge could be preserved within select groups and passed down to the future.

For that to happen for 8000 years is something that many skeptics find very difficult to accept. Yes. I think that history must be rewritten. Rewritten? Absolutely.

Because there are too many things that the history is not able to explain. Absolutely.

Let's consider technology. As you know. Well, my background was in journalism, and journalism took me to Ethiopia. And in Ethiopia I heard that Ethiopia claims to possess the lost ark of the Covenant. I became very interested in the ark of the Covenant.

Fascinating object, the way that it's described in the Book of Exodus, the blueprint for the construction of the ark, the things that the ark then does subsequently, during the conquest of the promised land. Sounds like a weapon of some kind. It's very hard to interpret it in any other way. What do you think the Ark of the Covenant was? But I think what is written in the Bible.

Can be true? Yeah, because the ark is defined as an object that produces. It contained some form of energy. And was also an instrument for the communication between Moses or the people of Israel. With his Elohim named Yahweh, if I may say, mistranslated in the movie Raiders of the Lost Ark.

As a radio for talking to God. Talking to God, not talking to Yahweh, talking to Yahweh. Whatever he was. Whatever he was. Whatever he was.

I think this is clear in the Bible. There is no doubt, of course, we can think that the Bible is not true. But I prefer to pretend that the Bible is a true history. Like all history books all around the world. That contains always the truth.

But not only also the books of history written today, also the books written about the second war, et cetera. So it's the same. It's the same mystery, indeed. So I'd like you to talk a little more about the technological aspects of the Ark of the Covenant. But also, can you think of other objects in the Bible.

Which maybe deserve a technological interpretation rather than a spiritual interpretation? There is another object named Kabod. Kabod is always translated as glory of Yahweh. Right. But in Book of Ezekiel, there is some clear translations.

That can allow us to think that it was a technological tool. In one italian translation, Sao Paulo editions, is written that Ezekiel ear the sound produced by Kabod, which was under. On the back of him when this cavod were arising from the earth. And this translated in this way. In the Sao Paulo Bible, the exact translation of the hebrew term that is not Baruch, but is what happened to Cavod.

Cavod, no, Barun is the term that indicates the fact that Kavod was rising from the earth. So it was rising up, producing a great noise that Ezekiel heard. But this noise was behind him. Is it also the Kavod that burns the face of Moses? Yes, it's the same.

So it produces sound, and it burns the same as the sun. It sounds very. It does sound very technological. Yes. What do you make of the Tower of Babel?

Oh, is a topic very interesting. Because the narration of the Tower of Babel is very strange. Because that people wanted to reach the sky. So Yahweh wanted intervention to destroy. And after the Bible says that Yahweh divided languages.

But if you read carefully previous chapters of the Bible, you read that the languages were before divided. I see. Yeah. Each people has his own language. So when Yahweh destroyed this tower, divided this alliance distributing these people between the others.

So he don't create any languages because the diverse languages were already existent. Is clearly written in the Bible. Clearly. And yet not made available to us who don't speak Hebrew. Yes.

Because the translation distorts the information. Yes. Because the Hebrew Bible is rewritten or first, some parts of written after the exile of Babylonia. Right.

We cannot be sure. And after all, the new writers written what they wanted to tell to people. Right. And they created monotheism. Okay, in summary, in your view, monotheism is not a natural outcome of the Bible.

It's a deliberate man made strategy. In the Bible there was a monolatry. Monolatry? Monolatry, worshipping one idol. They were with servant, one of many eloims.

Right. Like as other peoples, every people as one or many. Let's consider these Eloim, these Elohim, the notion of a secret society which controls advanced knowledge and has ideas about how human beings should be organized. So we're saying that they were present in the time of Moses. They were present in many other cultures at that time as well.

Are they still with us today? Oh, it's absolutely possible. I agree. Absolutely. Because we are not sure of what they were.

And the Elohim, I know, for example, protestant pastor Barry Downing, who write in his books that eloims are here and are ruling all around the world. Like a secret government. Exactly. And he is a protestant pastor who has a personal faith in God. But he tells that Elohims were not God.

Absolutely. Okay, they were not God. Were they good or were they evil? Were there, like humans, both good and evil? The deficient depends on the position, because define a devil the adversary.

Define devil the adversary, always. There's a controversial view of the encounters with entities in the Bible I know quite well, although I've not seen him for some years. Professor Benny Shannon from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem. Benny Shannon is one of the world experts on the visionary brew of the Amazon called ayahuasca. Okay.

Benny has drunk ayahuasca 400, maybe 500 times. I've worked with ayahuasca too. My total is more like 70 or 75, not 500. But in Benny's view, he puts it forward as a hypothesis. We see Moses at the burning bush and he says, do we normally see a burning bush in daily life?

No, we don't. Especially if it speaks to us. We can see a burning bush, but a burning bush that speaks to us is unusual. And he points out that in Ayahuasca visionary states, we often meet trees that speak to us and other entities that speak to us, and sometimes they may even be in flames. And he proposed that in that part of the Middle east, there is syrian rue and mimosa hostilis, which both together contain the same molecules as ayahuasca.

So the bottom line is that Beni Shanon was suggesting that Moses was on ayahuasca, or it's possible that he was having a visionary experience, that many of these. And it's very important to be clear when we talk about visionary experiences, that we are not saying those experiences are not real. We're not saying that visionary experiences can be real in every meaningful sense of the word, but we're saying that they're harder to fit in to the western way of looking at things. I'm just wondering what your view of this is. There's a case to be made that almost all religions arose out of visionary experiences first, that people had visions of entities and encounters.

Of course it's possible. But I wanted to tell you another thing. The term Hebrew, translated with bush, is present also in other part of the Bible, and it means Rocky Mountain. And so it's possible that Moses saw a fire over a rocky mountain. So it's another case of mistranslation.

Exactly. A rocky mountain, as in effect, in reality in other parts of the Bible, is the name of a rocky mountain. So we can think that there was not a bush with a fire, but this fire was on a rocky mountain where there was the cupboard of Yahweh, this glowing burning.

So since we know that in that region where many archaeologists found, for example, the twelve stones cited in the Bible, et cetera, in that stones there is only some substance like petrol. Right? So when the cabood of Yahweh is posing on the earth, could provoke fire, could create fire. So we are not sure if this term means bush or rocky Mountain. Okay?

We are not sure. So we're very happy. My system is always to have open mind to all possible solutions. I think that's a good system, especially when we're dealing with a document that's quite difficult to understand and is very difficult to understand and has been through already multiple changes of language. Okay.

Which causes further. We cannot be always sure. Absolutely. We must not be dogmatic. Absolutely, we must not be dogmatic.

And yet it is a book which has promoted a great deal of dogma. Oh, yes. And been responsible for many of the problems in the world. And the last, certainly in the last 2000 years, because in my translation I'm using several dictionaries, theological and not theological, dictionaries of Hebrew language. And so I think that it's necessary to be open to all possible solutions.

I agree. But we must know that there are several possible solutions, not only one. Absolutely. Agreed. Yeah.

Tell me what your view of the book of revelation is. Oh, I think book of revelation, I think, is a book written in a sort of codex for the church, the many church that were arising in the time, so to not speak to the powerful of the time, like roman emperor, et cetera. And I think it's a book written in Codex. Do you think it's for that times? What about the prediction of the end of the world?

But I tend not to believe prophecies. I think you're very wise, because, for example, all the prophecies written in the Bible, all the prophecies were written after what was just happened. After always after, rather than before, always. So they're the opposite of prophecies there. Okay.

So what we were saying was that the Elohim are clearly human beings of some sort. Yes. Is that too rapid a conclusion? Could they be something other than human beings? You keep an open mind on everything.

Do you keep an open mind on that? We can try it. Okay. But do you prefer your conclusion is we're talking about human beings when we talk about the same as you want, because I'm interested in their vices. Human beings have vices.

Did the Elohim have vices? But Yahweh wanted to have every day from two to five liters, because I don't know how many gallons of shakar that was an alcoholic. Where is this stated? Is this stated in the Bible? In the.

Stated in the Bible? In the Torah. Okay. In the Torah. And he wanted also every day, the smoke of the meat burnt, because, for example, in the book of the number, chapter 28, this smoke that he wanted to smell was able to calm him.

Yes, absolutely. I remember that passage. Absolutely. So it's possible that in this smoke, in effect, I talked about biologists, there are some molecules that are similar to the molecule of the endorphine. I don't know how to say.

Endorphins. Yeah. Endorphin that our brain producing, produces when we are in a state of.

And in the book of number, Yahweh tells several times that this smoke comes. You. Yes. He says, these smokes call me, because these smoke call me. Right.

Several times. Yeah. So it's clear. And you wouldn't expect the one God, the creator of the universe, to need to be calmed by Smoke. No interest, but it's clear.

It's not my translation. No, absolutely. Yeah. So that sounds. It's the normal translation.

It sounds more like a human being and needs and wishes and weaknesses of a human being. Okay, so does the Bible tell us, give us any hint as to where these entities, these Elohim, this Yahweh, where they come from? No, the Bible don't says where they come from, and so I don't do suggestions in that. But in psalm 24 is written that Yahweh, with his cabood were passing through a gate that opened after an order and opened le olam I e on unknown place. So is the most important passage of the Bible, psalm 24.

And this psalm 24 was used also by Monsignor Corado Balducci, Vatican, who said. Because now he's dead. Who said that the two first verses of this psalm contains the proof that the Bible knew the existence of the inhabitants of the earth and the inhabitants of the universe, that they were different. And the last verses of that psalm talks about this passage through the gates. And in the English Bibles, the terms in Hebrew, petahim and sherim, are translated by hebrew translators.

Gates. Gates. So we may only speculate. Yes, but I stop at the literal translation of the Bible. Yes, because after this translation, we have to become with speculation.

Indeed so. But I prefer for now to remain to the literary translation of the Hebrew Bible. Hebrew Masoretic Bible. Yeah, I think you're right to do that. It's always interesting to speculate, but what you're doing is you're providing people with new facts that allows us to think more clearly about this important text.

We've spoken of the Ark of the Covenant as a technological object. You've spoken of the kavod. I'm recollecting a thing called the Shamir, sometimes described as. There is also. The Shamir sounds also technological.

Can you talk a little bit about that? Yes. The Shamir is an object very difficult to explain because it's quoted only one or two times in the Bible. But it must be something really, something technological. But I want to work of fantasy, and so I prefer be silent.

You don't want fantasy, but I get that. But are there other traces in the Bible of objects that might reasonably be interpreted as technology? We have the ark. We have the Shamir. We have the kavod.

We have a ruach. That's the rising up. The flying. Yes, the ruach. So some sort of suggestion of a flying machine?

Yes, flying machine.

Those are described clearly as flying machine. Of course, I. In the Bible. In the Bible. Give me an example, for example, in the Book of Ezekiel, in the Book of Exodus, in the Book of Exodus is clearly described the cupboard of Yahweh, that when Moses called to Yahweh, the possibility to see this kabod, and Yahweh says to him, you cannot stay in front of Kavod, because if you are in front of Kavod, you.

So that is important. Yahweh cannot do nothing. Right. So God is not potent in front of the dangerousity of the. And that is very interesting.

Yahweh tells to Moses, you can hide you after these rocks, so the rocks can do what God cannot do. Right. Impressive point. Yes, impressive. Very much so, yeah.

When you was a journalist of the Economist. Yes. You encountered. I encountered the Ark of the covenant. Yes.

I was the East Africa correspondent for the Economist. So I was based in Nairobi, in Kenya, and a number of neighboring countries were countries that I reported on regularly. And one of those countries was Ethiopia. And in Ethiopia, by chance, very shortly after, I had watched the movie raiders of the lost ark with Harrison Ford, very soon after I had watched that, I was on a research trip in Ethiopia, and it came to my attention that the Ethiopians claim to possess this object. Well, obviously I was interested.

This fascinating, powerful, mysterious object, and it's hidden in the mountains of Ethiopia. I had never heard that before, so I began to investigate that particular claim. Now, at that time, which was 1983, the early 1980s, I didn't have any particular interest in history or in prehistory or in archaeology. My interests were much more in current affairs. But I also had the sense that I think any journalist would have presented by this information that there was something going on here, because although archaeologists were rejecting Ethiopia's claim, they're saying there was nothing to it.

It was a complete fantasy. My own eyes showed me that it was central to ethiopian culture. It was fundamental to ethiopian culture, that there was a community of ethiopian Jews. They call themselves the better Israel, the House of Israel. They are known in Ethiopia as the Falashas, and they practice a very ancient form of know.

They only became acquainted with the Talmud as a result of missionary activity from Israel. They did not have the Talmud, but they did have the Torah. So they're a very old form of Judaism. They practiced sacrifice of rams, and this, I believe, is forbidden in Judaism since the destruction of the First Temple. Yes, they practiced sacrifice of rams, and they had a rich history that told how they had come to Ethiopia and how they had brought the Ark of the Covenant with them.

It's a different story from the story that the ethiopian national Epoch tells. The ethiopian national Epoch. Is called the Kebrin Agast, the glory of kings. And in that they claim that the queen of Sheba was an ethiopian queen. She made her famous biblical visit to the court of Solomon.

She was made pregnant by Solomon. According to the ethiopian version, she returned to Ethiopia. She bore the child. His name was Menelik, means the son of the wise man. And the story is that at the age of about 20 or 21.

He went back to Jerusalem. He was recognized by his father. And somehow, after one year in the court of Solomon. He contrived to steal the Ark of the Covenant. This is written in the Kabrinagaste.

And carried it off to Ethiopia. And we are told in the Kabernagast that Solomon was okay with this. Because it meant that God wanted it to be in Ethiopia rather than somewhere else. There are many problems with this story. And this story does not take into account the mysterious presence.

Of a very ancient community of Jews in Ethiopia. And their story about how they got there. And they said they got there by Way of Egypt. That their ancestors spent some hundreds of years on an island in the Nile. And that island, we are quite certain what that island was.

It was the island of Elephantina. Why are we certain? Because there was a jewish temple built on that island. And that jewish temple was built there in the first Temple period. I beg your pardon.

Can I go ahead a little thing? Yes. The Hebrew of Elephantina knew the wife of Yahweh.

They knew the wives of Yahweh. So they were really another kind of jewish religion. Indeed so. Indeed. Indeed.

So here we come to the interesting point where history connects with this story. Because that jewish temple on the island of Elephantina is a fact. It did exist. There were communications between it and Jerusalem. The temple had the same dimensions as the temple of Solomon.

When I search the Bible for an explanation for the construction of the temple. The only explanation I find is as an house of rest for the Ark of the covenant of the Lord. It's a place in which the Ark of the covenant is to be put. And then suddenly, while the first Temple still exists. We have another temple built in Egypt of the same dimensions.

Those ethiopian Jews say that their ancestors were driven out of that island. This also is true. We know from the egyptian history that this happened. There was a jewish community on that island. And there was conflict with the egyptian authorities.

Because the island of Elephantina is dedicated to the egyptian God Kunum. And Kunum is a ram headed deity. So the tension was caused by the sacrifice of rams that was taking place. So the Velashes say, to cut a long story short, that their ancestors fled south. They didn't go north through a hostile Egypt and back to Jerusalem.

They went south, and they followed the Nile river system. They followed the Blue Nile branch, and they ended up in Lake Tana in Ethiopia. And that's the heartland of ethiopian Judaism, Lake Tana, Lake Tana, which is the source of the blue Nile. And suddenly I could see how this story made sense, because how do you get a connection between Jerusalem and Ethiopia? What connects them?

Once you come into Egypt and into the Nile valley? What connects them is the river Nile. And it made perfect sense. And Lake Tana was the place where the Falacius had their homeland. So once I learned all of this, I began to feel that the ethiopian story really deserved serious investigation.

And I looked into it in great depth, and it was the moment where there was a transition in my life from investigating current affairs issues to investigating the past. Okay? It put me on that path. And the very first thing that I felt about the Ark of the Covenant as I was reading, and I read all of the descriptions very, very carefully, is this thing sounds like a piece of technology. It's constructed, it's carefully made.

There's a blueprint, there's instructions on what to do. There's gold, there's wood, there's gold. Yes. There's these mysterious tablets that are placed inside it, whatever they are. And it opened my eyes to the possibility that there might be a forgotten technological episode in the past of humanity.

And I would not have gone on to write my books about the possibility of a lost civilization if I had not first had that encounter with the mystery of the Ark of the Covenant. Personally, I think the ethiopian claim is rather strong for a lot of reasons. But in a way, its role in my life was to educate me as to the range of mysteries in the past that archaeologists completely ignore and just scornfully dismiss. Yes, they are not interested in myths, in traditions, any such thing. They just dismiss it.

And in the process of doing so, as we say in English, they are throwing out the baby with the bathwater. They're missing important things in their desperate effort to be scientists. Okay? So it was an important lesson for me. There are mysteries in the past that are unexplained, which certainly are not explained by the present model of history, and that that model, therefore, must be questioned.

And that's what I've subsequently devoted my life to. And often, I think many mysteries are explained in too simply way. Yeah, that's right. Far too simple, too simply way. Yeah, yeah, definitely.

But I think that your journey in Ethiopia was a great gift for all. Absolutely, absolutely. A great gift for all us. Thank you. It was an amazing adventure for me and it opened my eyes to problems and issues that I had been completely unaware of before, and it set me on the track that I'm still on today.

I think it's impossible to understand the human condition in the present if we have only a single view of the past. Yes, we must have a diversity of views. We must be open to all of them. And this is the main problem I have with archaeology. I would like, if you want to tell about your series ancient.

Ancient apocalypse, ancient apocalypse, that I of course saw totally as I read your books, because I want that the friends of my maurobellian official channel can hear directly from your voice, your experience. It was extraordinary. It was said there was a breakthrough for me. The problem with communicating controversial information about the past is you want to make as strong a case as you possibly can. So that's fine in a book where you have 800 pages and 2000 footnotes, okay.

But with a television program it's more difficult to make that convincing case. Yes. Especially so if you're banned from filming in Egypt, which I am, and Egypt is an important part of my story to tell. You must make your point in each episode within half an hour. So everything has to move very quickly.

But the advantage, the positive side of it, is that it reaches a huge number of people, which the butcher book would not do, several millions and tens of millions. And this is what I wanted to do, was to not to tell people what to think, because academics do that already, archaeologists do that. They say, this is what you should think about the past. But my project is to encourage people to ask questions about the past where there are anomalies, fundamental, exactly where there are things that are not explained in mainstream history.

Archaeologists complained that I was unkind to them in the series and that I should have included many of them in the series, although I did actually include some archaeologists. But my point is that archaeology dominates, completely dominates all thinking about the past. It dominates it from the moment of childhood, the moment a child starts to go to kindergarten, starts to learn something about the past, what they're learning has been filtered through mainstream archaeology. The whole teaching of history and prehistory in schools, in universities, is all based on the opinions of archaeologists. I say opinions, not facts, based on the opinions of archaeologists.

And they certainly do not invite me to appear on programs as their work, to provide a counterbalance, of course. So my view was that in making this series, I was providing a counterbalance to the overdominant position that archaeological opinion occupies, that it's essential that that be questioned, because archaeology is not physics. There's a difference between physics and archaeology. Physics, I accept, is a hard science. Archaeology is not a hard science.

And the further back you go into the past, the more archaeology is based on interpretation of very minimal numbers of artifacts. So really, with archaeology, what we have is the opinion of a group of scholars. We do not have many facts, and I don't think the public are fully aware of that. So I hoped with the Netflix series that I would make the public more widely aware of that situation. And the problem is that often the opinion of the archaeologist becomes dogma.

Yeah, it becomes dogma. It's really very bizarre that it should be so. There should be no place for dogma in science. As I say, archaeology. The claim of archaeology to be a science at all is very flimsy.

I don't think archaeology deserves to be called a science, but there is a tendency in also other scientific endeavors for a particular outlook to establish itself as the way things are. But the history of science makes it absolutely clear to us that there are no fixed or firm ideas, that ideas change constantly. And what was yesterday's dogma becomes tomorrow's weight paper. It's not listened to anymore. So I don't understand why scientists don't learn more from that.

Even in the hard sciences, everything should be provisional. We are offering ideas. We're investigating a complicated problem. But what we offer is not necessarily fact. It is where we are now.

And this is what I think archaeologists should be doing. But often they don't want be askred because they have the truth. Many archaeologists asked, actually why even my series was allowed, should never have been given permission to be shown. In their view, yes, but when you ask them to give substantive reasons for that, they're incapable of doing so. They cannot provide any substantive reason apart from what they say is, we are archaeologists.

We know everything. Hancock is wrong, and that's a fact. This is no way of debate and no way of argument at all. And it's a sign of a problem that we have in our society, where so called experts, people who define themselves as experts in a field, dominate the field so much that they distort reality. And I believe that's what's happening in the understanding of our past.

And it's why I'm grateful to Netflix for giving me the opportunity to make this series and to present controversial ideas to a large global audience and to set up a global conversation about our past. And of course, fundamental in the past of the world is the Bible that you're translating. It's a fundamental document which plays huge role. Interesting is that the Bible confirm your theories also, if the Bible is only one of the books written in human history and the Bible is the book of one little people. Exactly.

Only one little. The family of Jacob. Not of the Hebrew, of the family of Jacob. But in any case, the contents of the Bible confirms your theories. Give me some ideas about why does it confirm my theories?

Of course, because the Bible speaks clearly about the eloims that have technology absolutely superior to the humankind of this time. Of that time, yeah. And so it's clear there is no discussion, only the dogmatics. So it's a record of communication between people who had advanced technology and a people who did. Yes.

An archie, bishop of the Orthodox Church several years ago told me, Mauro, you know, because we are friends, you know that I agree with you, but I don't can tell because the system kills me.

Well, indeed the system did used to kill people, literally. Oh yes, the Roman Catholic Church. I received a ballot. Oh, really? Yes.

Tell me more. Many years ago you received a bullet, a military bullet. And that's a threat to you? Yes, with a letter in which was written. If I had continued to made conferences.

I made 300 conferences in Italy, Germany, French, Portugal, Croatia, Switzerland. If I had continued, they had the necessity to kill me or to kill one of my days. But likely they did. Nothing happened. But the threat is there and the days of Giordano Bruno are not over.

Okay, okay. Fortunately we are living in other times. Yeah, fortunately we are. But those times are relatively recent when the church was capable of burning people in extremely painful, absolutely and awful ways. I find a great deal of hypocrisy at the church in this matter.

I draw your attention particularly to the spanish conquest of Mexico. Yes. Between 1519 and 1521, those Spaniards who were brutal murderers of the worst kind claimed to be horrified when they witnessed human sacrifice of the Aztecs. The Aztecs would carry out acts of human sacrifice, but not a single one of them was able to contemplate the possibility that burning a fellow human being at the stake is an act of human sacrifice. They are sacrificing that entity to what they believe is God.

It's no different. They were in no position to. So Yahweh ask it human sacrifice did he of child. Tell me more. I didn't know that.

Please talk to me some more about that. In Book of Jeremiah, it tells that he had the necessity to request this human sacrifice because the people wanted to obey his orders. And of course, there's the case of Isaac, who Yahweh instructs to kill his. Is it Isaac? Isaac instructs Isaac to sacrifice his son and then changes his mind at the last minute.

Very cruel behavior. It was normal. It was normal. And Abraham accepted it as normal because Yahweh wanted to try the fate of Abraham. Yes.

And when he saw that Abraham were disposal to give his son in sacrifice, Yahweh sent an so called angel. In Hebrew, Malach, that means a messenger, to stop it. Because Yahweh saw that Abraham was able to kill his son to demonstrate his faith, his dispunability to obey orders of Yahweh. It was normal. Very cruel.

Absolutely normal. Very cruel and obnoxious. Yes, absolutely. Behavior. Absolutely.

Yahweh don't accept criticism. Absolutely. So he cannot be the God of love. Absolutely. No.

He was a God of war. Only a God of war. A God, not a God, of course, but an entity, to use this term, an entity of war. A human being who uses war. Fascinating.

If your interpretation of the Bible were to be widely accepted, it would completely destroy faith in the Bible, is that not correct? Yes, but what is important, and in the conferences, in the lectures, I always say that this. I don't say that God does not exist. Right. I don't know about God.

I don't speak about God. I only say that in that book there is no spiritual God. There are the eloim. Yes. And the BIble is the history of the relationship between Yahweh, one of the eloim, and one people.

Because Yahweh don't, you didn't much care about others. No, the others did not exist. Or if they don't want to submit, they must be terminate. Right. Stop.

The Bible is this book, nothing else? Yes.

It's really important to get these translations correct in a book that is so influential. Yes. And so I value and respect your work in putting some correction to this record. You have a book coming out translated into English.

Elizabeth is ready next month. Next month. And its title is God's in the Bible. God's. God's in Bible.

God's in the Bible. Okay, so I'm a layman. I know nothing about the Bible. I've read tiny bits of it as a child and haven't since. I know very little.

So to begin with, you talked a lot about the Elohim, but what's the orthodox understanding of what the Elohim are? What do most people assume they are? Are they angels? Are they different from angels? What's the normal explanation?

They are thinking what the Catholic Church think. But what is that? God. But in the traditional orthodox understanding of the Elohim, they're plural, right? The sons of God mated with the daughters of men.

They refers to Greek Bible, not to the Hebrew Bible, but in that Bible. In the Greek Bible, their orthodox understanding of Elohim, is that to be the same as God or is that as angels or is that being. No, Elohim is always translated as God, God. The Elohim in Greek is Theos Elohim in Hebrew, Teos in Greek, God in other. In modern translation.

When I had this meeting with those four important theologians, they said, all four, they said that in the Bible we cannot have the certainty of God. So I'm sure that the Bible doesn't speak of God. But in that occasion also, those theologians said the same thing. Okay, so they said there's no one God in the Bible. Those people agreed with you, is that what you're saying?

Many people. Many people, many people. More and more and more. In less than three years in my channel, we have almost 25 million of views in less than three years. Okay, but if I go up to any normal priest and say to him there's no God in the Bible, of course he's going to disagree.

Why should anybody believe your interpretation rather than the orthodox interpretation of the most part of priest doesn't want hear my word because often they are increases in cris, because they don't know how to answer my questions. Because I read, I read in front of them and they say, explain me what is written here. Okay, but there's a body of biblical scholars around the world who would say that, and also the entire church system would say there is one God and he is described in the Bible. Now that's been that way for 2000 years or more. Now why would everyone have missed this?

Why would you be the first person to get it right? Why should we assume that you are correct rather than 2000 years of people who studied the Bible and said it? First of all, you don't must believe me. You have to control in Hebrew what I say in Italian or in English.

It's all, yes, you have to learn Hebrew. You must not believe me absolutely. In my books, in my books, not in that one, because it's an interview. I always, always write the period in Hebrew. Ed and under it, the literal translation.

So everyone can control what I'm saying. Everyone. If everyone can see the translation, why is everyone else wrong? But because they don't want to hear what I'm saying. Because to have a faith is grateful, is necessary for human brain is necessary.

Many, several scientists studied these questions and they wrote that God is the imagine of a God is in the brain and so easier to believe in a God. And they don't want. But overall they don't understand what I'm saying. I'm not saying that God does not exist. Absolutely.

I don't know. I don't have this truth. Absolutely. I simply say that that book doesn't speak of God. It's all after that, God exists.

Fantastic. For me, no problem. Absolutely. I don't want say that God knows it doesn't exist because I don't know it. I don't know.

So I understand with English, we have very flat definitions of words. When there's a word, it means exactly this, I believe. And I don't speak Hebrew, so I don't know. But I believe Hebrew is much more fluid and much more flexible. It's much more difficult.

So as I understand it, there's different ways to read a word. Yes, multiple ways to read a word. It's Necessary to read carefully the Context, to understand the meaning of a unique term. Because, for example, kabod means something. Evie means a person.

EVie in the sense that that person have an importance in the Society.

So means a person famous, a person of glory. So the theologians choose the term glory and always apply to the term Cabood without consider the Contest. But when we read that, the contest says that I cannot see the Cabot in front because he killed me. But when the Cabot passes, I have to be hidden by a rocks. So cannot be the glory of God because God in that case is not able to control the effects of his glory.

So it's ridiculous. So the Context says in every situation, of course, the possible real meaning of this term. So I read a book called Neuropocalypse by a guy called Reverend Danny Nemo. And he went into all of this and he talked a lot about the serpent in the Bible and how in the original Hebrew, the word for it, it says the serpent something Eve. And the translation in the Bible that we get is the serpent deceived Eve.

But the same word could also mean elevated. And there's different ways of reading the same word. And the whole Bible can be translated in a completely different way, just choosing different interpretations. Yes, but it's necessary to pay attention, to pay attention carefully to some few words. And these words are the most important.

Eloim, kabod, ruach, olam, merkava, malach. If you understand the real meaning of this term, you can read another book more fascinating than the book they narrated to us. And the serpent is one of the eloim. The interpretation of Hebrew exegetis tells that the serpent had two arms, two legs, and so he was like us. But serpent meanings, one who knows, one who have profound knowledge, okay?

Not a physical serpent, because the Hebrew says they had arms and legs. So with the case of the serpent, for example, the word could be translated as deceived or elevated, depending on your initial preconceptions and the story that you want to tell when you're the translator or whoever is the translator. So the original Bible translators had a dogma and idea, when they put it into Greek, the story they were going to tell. But other people could put it in a completely different way. Right.

There was the fathers of the church in the first centuries after Christ that said that the translation of Bible and this theological narrative was a useful misinterpretation.

So when it comes to these kind of translations, for example, with the Elohim or the serpent, deceiving or elevating, I understand that because Hebrew is a much more fluid language and you have to pay attention to context much more. You can't put a flat interpretation on a word. Is there a correct and incorrect way of translating it, or is it meant to be multilayered? Is it meant to mean both deceive and elevate? For example.

But for example, there are many translations that make not sense. I mean, for example, Ruach. But to make you understand me well, if possible, with my English, if I in English, tell spirits, I want to say an alcoholic substance, I want to say a phantasm. I want to say a characteristic of the character. I want to say, for example, a spirit of team when I'm working with the other person, and many other meanings that you surely know.

But is the context, everyone, that help us to understand the real meaning? If I say that in this house there are a spirit, a spirit that comes every night, is clearly that I am speaking about a phantasm and not about a spirit of Tim. Of course, in the Hebrew, it's the same. Okay, so it's not that there is multilayered, there is a correct and incorrect translation, but it's all about the context. Yes.

And you're saying that the traditional translation from Hebrew to Greek just got the context wrong. Yes, but between the Hebrew, the Hebrew Bible and the Greek Bible, there are differences.

Also important in many case. Differences. So the hebrew community of Alexandria in Egypt had concept that didn't correspond to the thought of the Hebrew that was in Babylonia. So we can find Differences and we find Differences. Okay, so you're saying there's no God in the Bible as it was translated from Hebrew to Greek, and yet the jewish people have their own Torah in Hebrew, and they're still a monotheistic people.

They still believe in one God. So if the translation is wrong, why do the Jews believe that there's one God when they have the original text? How can they interpret their own Bible wrong? How does that work? Actually, the Hebrew are monolithic.

Monolithic, not monotiste. What's the difference? They know that in the Hebrew Bible there is Yahweh, who is the Eloim, who choose them, who rules above them. And they have to have Faith in him, only in him. But the other can exist.

Do they believe that the other gods do exist, or do they believe there is only one God? There are so many currents in the Judaism that you can find every kind of thought in the Judaism you can find from atheism. From atheism, pure atheism, to the maximum of the orthodox theories. All are present. So in your translations of the Bible, your own interpretation of these different words, you've come to the conclusion that there's no God in the Bible at all.

Yes. And that there is Elohim, which are powerful people, of which Yahweh is one. And so were these people just. You were saying they were just people. They were just normal people, but they were vastly more technologically superior.

Is there any implication at all of them being a different species, perhaps alien or something like that? Or is it just straight up they're normal people who just like a lost civilization? What's your take on that? All around the world, they can be more species of humankind. And in effect, the paleoanthropologist, substantially every two, three, four months, discovers another species of ancient ancestors of the humankind.

Recently they discovered that neanderthal and homo sapiens united male and female. When before they told that was not possible.

So we must be open to all solution, because the truth can be rise every day, but we don't know when. But does your interpretation of the Bible imply that the Elohim are a different species or, like alien? Or are they exactly the same as us? Or is there no implication at all since the Elohims choose the females of the Adamites, the sons of Adam, their species, their species could be all the same or the same or very similar because they could stay together and procreate. Okay, well, these guys, these Elohim were around even during the time of Moses.

You said Moses talked to one of the Elohim when he was escaping Sinai. Yes. So why is the Bible the only account of them? Why isn't there a rich historical record of Elohim outside of the Bible? But from that time we can find the history of those beings all around the world.

What is changing is the name in Semitic, in western Semitic was Eloim. In eastern Semitic was Ilu, Ilanu. Before the Semitic the name was Anunna. In India the name is Deva. In the America, your father can tell more meter than I, than me, via Kochas and so on of the Egypt, exact in the north of Europe via Azi.

But these are very ancient accounts. These are much more ancient than the time of Moses, which I think you said was what, 1200 bc? Something like that. Or later or later. It's not true.

So is there any account of other Elohim from that period? Yes, there was the Elohim that was ruling on the land of Canaan. And Yahweh had the necessity to fight with them. And the Bible is clear in narrated these wars. Clear?

Absolutely. And sometimes Yahweh won, sometimes lose. But the Bible is clear. Are there stories of Elohim from that period, from Moses'period? Outside of the Bible?

Is there any record? For example, there is stele of Mesha, who was the king of Moabites, who tells us about a battle between Moabites and Israel, Israelites. And he says that he won against those of Yahweh. And he offered the prisoners to his Elohim named Kamosh. So this account could be brought, put in the Bible.

Nothing changed. And the king Mesha is quoted in the Bible.

So we have a double check in the same time. A double check.

Finally, if I want to read the Bible today, I can go and buy a Bible. But it's going to be the King James translation or something like that. It's going to be the standard translation that every priest will believe. Is there any way I can read a Bible as you believe to be the true translation? Does that exist anywhere?

Can I read that Bible with these translations? With these translations? I don't know if there is a Bible with these translations. So many people ask me to do a Bible with, but I have no time.

Okay.

I have no time. All right. For the next generation. Okay.

All right. Well, thank you, mab appreciate it. Thank you. To you. Thank you.

To you. Thank you.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Freaky Deaky! – 10-25-2023

Freaky Deaky! - 10-25-2023

Freaky Deaky! - 10-25-2023

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the nature of the moon, challenging conventional beliefs about its form and origin. The author suggests that the moon is not a sphere, based on observations of light reflection and comparison with other spherical objects. This theory is further supported by the consistent level of detail observed from the center to the edge of the moon. The author speculates that the moon might be a projection, possibly a device or a spaceship, and not a naturally occurring celestial body. The moon's age, based on samples brought back by astronauts, is also questioned. The author suggests that the moon might be older than Earth, and its surface materials might have been collected from other planets. The implications of these theories on astrology and astronomy are also discussed, with the author suggesting that the moon might be inhabited.

#moon #sphere #projection #device #light #reflection #origin #age #Earth #materials #planets #astrology #astronomy #inhabited #theory #celestial #body #spaceship #natural #observations #detail #surface #samples #astronauts #beliefs #challenge #discussion #implications #inhabitants #remote #viewing #speculation #reality #nature #universe

Key Takeaways:
  • The moon may not be a natural sphere.
  • Observations of light reflection challenge conventional beliefs.
  • The moon might be a projection or a device.
  • The moon's age and origin are questioned.
  • Surface materials of the moon might have been collected from other planets.
  • Theories have implications on astrology and astronomy.
  • There's speculation that the moon might be inhabited.
Key Takeaways:
  • The moon might be older than Earth.
  • The moon's surface materials might have been collected from other planets.
  • The moon might be inhabited.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Freaky Deaky! - 10-25-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's still the 25th. It's about 11:15. Getting a late start, heading back out to the coast.

It's been cold. It was like 34, 36 this morning on the bluff, running down into the beach. All kinds of weird traffic shit here in town, out of town. They're ripping up sewers and stuff. Anyway, all right, so this is going to be a little bit of a general kind of a bitch and moan and a few things to talk about here, such as we need to really discuss the moon.

Things are heating up information wise relative to that. So now you can destroy your friends minds and your own and you can prove to yourself that the moon is not a sphere, okay? That there's some hinky shit going on up there and you can prove it to yourself very easily. You're going to need to get a ball table and a light, okay? It doesn't matter what size the ball is.

You could use an apple, you could use a tennis ball. It's easier with a large ball. So it's easier with like a basketball or something or a beach ball, right? It just makes it a little easier to visualize. But what you're going to do is this.

You're going to prove to yourself that the moon is not a sphere. And you'll do it this way.

You'll sit down at a table and put your ball, if it's small enough to fit on top of the table, put it about four or 5ft away from you, right? Put it in the middle of the table, take your chair and hike it back a little bit. So there's like 4ft distance between you and the ball there. And then what you do is examine. You're going to just sit there.

You need ambient light. You need light coming from above or whatever. It is helpful if there's only one light source in the room. All right, it doesn't really matter. You're going to get the same effect either way.

It's just a little easier to understand if there's only one light source anyway. And so what you're going to do is you're going to look at the ball, you're going to look at the sphere and you will notice some things. Right now I put a video posted a video that's from BitChute. It says the moon is not a sphere and you can prove it to yourself or something like that is the title. If you go and hunt for moon and sphere on BitChute and then put most recent, it'll show up.

It should be in like the top ten listings for you. And it has a bunch more information. We're going to just concentrate on one of these little examples, okay? This is the example of the sphere sitting in front of you. And so you've got this little sphere sitting out there and you've got light shining on it.

And then if you look at it, you will determine some things that are facts, okay? They are factual relative to the sphere. And it will be any sphere. So once you're done with a basketball, you could get a tennis ball. You could get a golf ball.

You can get one of those big bouncy, sit on chair balls. You can get an apple. You can get an orange. It does not matter. It works with all spheres.

This is how we prove the moon is not a sphere, okay? And so here's what you do. You examine this ball and you look for where the light is hitting it. And you want to look for where you can see it the sharpest, where there is the most detail. And that will be from your perspective, that will be the center of the ball that is closest to you.

It'll be the surface of the spear. If it's an apple or whatever, it'll be the surface of the spear that is closest to you. It'll have more light reflected to you than around on the edges. All right? And so this is the key thing.

If you look at that spot where there's the most light coming from the sphere, most light being reflected from the ball, where the tennis ball is the brightest, where the basketball is the brightest, and there's the most detail, you will see that's pretty much in the center of the sphere relative to your perspective. And that details shed off, they fall off. You lose details as you look towards the edges. And this is because the sphere is receding away from you, right? It's not all at the same plane relative to you.

And so the edges of the sphere approximately, if you were to just take it as a circle, about 6th of the way in on either side of that circle, you will find that's where the details just really start disappearing very rapidly. Okay? There are optical laws that are involved here, and I'm not going to get into the math. So about a third of the sphere, a 6th on one side and a 6th on the other, or a 6th on the bottom and a 6th on the top, relative to your perspective, will be faded out. There won't be much detail.

It'll be darker. It will appear to be in shadow. And that's because slightly in shadow dimmer. Right? And so basically what you're going to find is that the edges of all the spheres that you could possibly put in front of you, like that, the edges of those spheres from your perspective will be disappearing.

There'll be reduced light. They'll be further away from you, so to speak. Right? And so it seems like, well, this is a well, duh. You can't see as much detail because the edges are further away from you and the backside is nowhere near to you.

And so you can't even see that at all. And so you're sitting there and you're just looking at the tennis ball or the basketball or whatever the fuck it is. And you see that? Well, yeah, he's right. Look, the edges of the sphere fall away.

And so from a perspective of ambient reflected light coming back to your eyes, not all of the surface of the sphere is equidistant from your eyes. Therefore, some are going to show with less detail. And it turns out that's the edges and that you get the most detailed view of a spear from that portion of it that is closest to you and is directly within your sight. All right? So this is a sphere down here sitting on your desk or on the floor, wherever in your house.

Maybe it's a basketball, right? Maybe you get your kids basketball and you try it with that. And then here's the thing. Do that and then go look at the moon on a full moon night, okay? Or even you can really even do it on a crescent moon, but it's just so much easier on a full moon night.

And so you go and then you go look at the Moon, or even go look at pictures of the Moon. Photographs of the moon. And what do you see? You see that there is exactly the same level of detail all the way over to the edge of the moon.

You see that the detail continues at the same level from the center all the way out to the edge. So A, it's not a sphere. It is not a physical sphere. It is presenting to you as though it was a flat plate where all the surfaces are the same more or less equidistant from your eyes. And the edges are as sharp as the interior.

And you can go and look at this yourself and prove it to yourself on any full moon. And on every full moon, it will prove to you the Moon is not a sphere. Now, here's where it gets real tricky, okay? The Moon's not a flat plate. We also know that this is not a flat plate.

But there's information that we have now that tells us that the thing we look at up in the sky, the thing we see is a projection, all right? There is some form of a projection going on that presents the detail of the edges of that projection as much as the detail in the center of the projection. So, A, we know it's not a sphere because there's no degradation of light being reflected. It's all the same. The same amount of light is coming out of the edges of the Moon as it is out of the center of the moon, which is impossible on a sphere that's simply acting with reflected light.

And so we have to come to the conclusion that it's not a sphere. It is not as it's been told to us. It is not as it is being presented, all right? Now, we know all kinds of things from this it gets really into some serious physics here if you want to pursue it. But you can persuade yourself, you can prove to yourself that the Moon is not a sphere with just this one experiment that I told you about, looking at a regular sphere and then comparing that with the Moon.

And then thereafter, we have to start really speculating to say, okay, what the fuck's going on? What is it if it's not a spear? Well, because we've seen these waves go through the Moon image that we see, and theoretically, there's no atmosphere and all of this kind of horseshit that the mainstream academics would tell you are factual. But because that is the case that we've seen these ripples go through the Moon and you can even do some searches on, like, Google and stuff and get images, get Video images of these ripples going through the image of the Moon. And so we know that there is some level of projection coming at us.

There's a lot of reasons that we know the Moon is not flat. Okay.

We have some idea of the Moon's mass relative to the image that we're being presented. And the mass would say that it is about one and a half percent of what is Earth's mass, even though it is projecting a width that is about a quarter of our diameter, which should produce about something that's about a 16th of our mass. Many times, like 15 times more. Wouldn't be that'd be like seven and a half times more than the one and a half percent of the mass that we actually can assay by gravity experiments. So go do that.

Go look at a sphere. Next time there's a full Moon, go and look at it and prove to yourself that the Moon is not as it's being presented because the light coming from the edges is exactly the same as the light coming from the middle. Then start thinking about what this implies. Okay? All right.

So it implies by the nature of the circumstance that this is not a natural phenomenon. Okay? This is not a mirage the way you might get a mirage in the desert with appropriate light and humidity conditions.

We can speculate and say that this is a deliberate projection of a false reality. All right, so we know that the Moon is not spherical. It may be spherical under the projection. I think it's a device probably on the order of, like, a Death Star or something along those lines in terms of its size and so forth. Probably a structure with a skin around it.

So like a spaceship in that sense. But we don't know because we're on the other side of the projection. The only people who do know are the astronauts who have been to the Moon and notice that they're never ecstatic, that they're always dour every time you see these guys. And they were seriously affected by their going there and what they saw. Another thing they say is that the Moon's all black and white.

That's a little OD. But in any event, so the Moon is not a sphere. It itself may be a device. We know that the Moon is not a sphere. Thereafter, everything becomes speculation.

We're speculating on aspects of this, so we can speculate that it's a deliberate projection intended to fool us. Thereafter, you would have to speculate and say, Why? Who would want to do it? How are they doing it? All of the details that we know nothing at all about.

Right. That all of which would be speculation that we at this stage can't validate. But I know for sure, just getting back to my previous talk here. I know for sure that the Moon is not as mike at Dick Algae's remote viewing group as the tasker guy at Dick Algae's remote viewing group. The Moon is not, as this guy understands, so he's actually causing some issues with his understanding of the Moon in terms of tasking the remote viewer guys anyway.

So we can say to ourselves, we don't know what it is or who's in charge, but we know what it is not, and then we can start going on what else it's not, and so on and so on and so on. Right. It also means some interesting ripple effects. All right, so if the Moon is a device, it was brought here, it's not natural. The Moon did not occur by something smacking into the Earth and throwing out vast quantities of material.

Planets don't do that. The whole scenario is absolute. Horseshit invented by some academics that just wanted to get the kids to shut up and gave them some horseshit that they couldn't refute, so they accepted. All right, so we know that the origins of the Moon are not as told. We also know the Moon is much older than the Earth, based only on the samples that have been brought back, though, from the Moon by the astronauts.

And I can show how that may be invalid. Okay, so the Moon I think the Moon is a spaceship. If you're going to have a spaceship, in my way of thinking, it makes a lot of sense to put all the material that you're going to want to ever need, all the gravel for your cement and concrete and construction, all the raw material, metals, all of this stuff, just dump it on the outside. It's not going to hurt anything, and it's an easy place to carry it all. You can retrieve it easily, and it protects your spaceship from micrometeorites and all this kind of stuff.

Right. So the Moon is a spaceship with all of its materials, all of its raw materials on the outside as big piles of dirt and dust and shit.

If that's the case, then you could have your spaceship be tooling along through some particular area and discover, oh, look, we're running low on titanium there's a bunch of titanium on that planet over there. And so you go off and get a bunch of raw materials and you put it on the Moon. And then later on our guys come along and take samples of the material you've put on the outside of the Moon. And our stupid fucking academics are making the assumption that the material that they astronauts had found and brought back was there at the time the Moon was formed. Thus they can say, oh, the Moon is 40 million years older than we anticipated, and oh, it's 4 billion years old, which is older than the Earth.

And now I'm here to say that that's a false assumption. You don't know that the material on the outside of the Moon was in any way attached to the Moon's creation. And in my way of thinking, it probably was not. They probably went shopping before they went truck about. And so they may have just gone to a planet that was 5 billion years older than Earth and gotten a bunch of titanium and threw it on the top of the Moon.

We get some titanium crystals and analyze them and we say, oh, this fucker's 5 billion years older than Earth. And in fact, it's not, it has nothing to do with the age of the Moon or the Moon at all. It's just some shit they picked up along the way. More road work here anyway, so there's that aspect of it, right? So we cannot, in my opinion, we can't believe any of the horseshit that anybody is viewing about the Moon.

That doesn't acknowledge all of the non sequiturs, all the nonsense that we see about the Moon. That makes no sense at all relative to our reality with the Moon. Hang on, okay, I'm back here. Had to get out and deal with some stuff here, as long as we're being held up by big excavators filling dump trucks. Anyway, so our Moon is not a sphere.

Now, if it's a device, which I think it is, then what does that do to our astrology, right? Astronomy, it doesn't alter anything. It's just a device up there floating around like a satellite. It is a satellite. But if it's not natural, then hey, what about all of the astrology?

Ever since we've had the Moon pretty fucked up, right? All these astro people saying, oh, the Moon does this and the Moon does that, and so on. But they're thinking about it as though it were a naturally occurring planetary body. That is highly unusual. So note that almost, I think, all of the moons we've found in our solar system are a very small fraction of the planets around which they surround.

Which they orbit. So the moons of Mars are like 50 km across, right? They're small little fuckers. Our Moon shows an apparent diameter that's a quarter of Earth's diameter. And our Moon shows an apparent diameter that's about 2000 miles.

So even if our moon was a natural body, it is bizarre relative to all of the other moons in the solar system, none of which come up to that size. Okay, so it's not a sphere. It may be round underneath the projection, but we're never seeing the moon. We're seeing a projection that provides the same amount of light from all the way out to the edge. And so we know it's not a sphere.

We suspect it's being projected. We suspect that it's not natural, that this is not a naturally occurring thing like a mirage.

We also know that a lot of our stuff is speculation. On top of that will probably have to be thrown out at some point because it's not correct. And we're just speculating at this stage. But there are things that we can speculate that have a good chance of being factual. So if it's a device, someone had to make it, or something had to make it.

Right. Not a natural process. We don't see the universe forming machines around us other than biological machines.

So that means there's people involved at some level. Right. May not be human people, but nonetheless, there'd be people involved in building this device, and then there's going to be people involved in bringing it here. There's going to be people involved in or beings in keeping it here, keeping it where it's at and probably living in it and doing stuff in it. Right.

So it's speculation, but it's a pretty good speculation that the moon is inhabited. It may not now be inhabited by the beings that brought it here. We just don't know. Right.

But it's also from my way of thinking, it's quite factual that Penny Kelly's statements about there's war on the moon and it's almost over and the bad guys are defeated, that's horseshit. Absolute crap. It's something her mind's making up to keep her placated. It has no basis in reality. The remote viewing that's been done on the moon ever since Ingo Swan's days.

So we're talking the ever since Ingo Swan, every time he had remote viewed the moon under any circumstances, it shows up as inhabited and shit's going on up there. Right. I'm here to tell you that this is also the case with current remote viewers in the moon, all right? Even if those remote viewers are badly tasked by someone that thinks that there's Nazis living on the moon, that the Germans had gotten up there and set up a base, that person still thinks then that the moon is a naturally occurring body and not an artificial structure. And if it's an artificial structure, are you going to let a bunch of Nazis set up a colony on your artificial structure?

I don't think so. Plus, the Germans didn't have the technology, and we see no evidence whatsoever of the huge amount of resources that would be necessary to haul off planet in order to create a moon base or a colony, right? Because you don't have water, so you can't make cement without water. So you'd have to take vast quantities of water to make cement in order to even make the buildings for your moon base, that kind of thing. You get into this stuff.

I did an analysis with Chat GPT. You would not believe how easy it is to suss out certain kinds of materials being removed from the Earth, not entering into our industrial production, but yet being mined or harvested or whatever, right? That's all you have to look for is that gap that doesn't show up as being waste. And you would know that if it's this kind of quantity, you can anticipate that there's this many people being involved taking this stuff off the planet. And so I don't see any okay, so I don't see any evidence in the form of our industrial output metrics that would suggest that's occurring.

Now, you could not easily, but you could if you really worked at it, you could do things to disguise the removal of material from Earth for a space base on the moon or wherever. You could disguise that. It would be hellacious to do so, and it would be very vulnerable to AI examining these records and saying, no, this is bogus. And so you'd have to hide a lot of stuff, like stuff going into waste, agricultural products not being grown and harvested, but not entering into our economy and thus showing up as waste. But this would also just the mere fact that you did that would show a substantial increase in waste that is itself suspicious, and AI would be looking for that.

So anyway, though, so I've satisfied myself that we don't have these kind of disruptions going on now in terms of vast quantities of stuff being hauled off by Earth guys to the moon, right? It may be that there's space aliens coming down here and taking stuff, and that's a different line of discussion entirely, however, so I don't think there's any bases up there.

I come to the point where whoever it is that owns the moon and lives there probably isn't going to take too kindly to Earthers coming on up and setting up camps, right, and building houses and shit like that. They'd come on out and say, hey, dude, you're in our titanium field here. We got to do some mining. You got to move your shit. So there'd be that kind of stuff going on.

Anyway, so the other speculation okay, so getting back to the RV guys, right? So the RV guys continually RV guys, even today, are showing that the moon's inhabited. And especially if they look on, quote, the backside of the moon, they get all kinds of information about lots of activity and space aliens out there doing shit. So so, all right, so we can make some assumptions that there is a decently sized population up there based on some of the stuff coming from the remote viewers over these past few years. And then again, we're getting into more speculation here, right?

However, what is prompting me on this has been the many years of the anomalies of the Moon being brought up within my data sets and not being resolved by any release language or any of that. And now, since about September of 2022, I've had a very large and growing data set all focused on the Moon and especially the presence in the Moon, okay? In other words, the people, the life in the Moon. And as I say, this is going to fuck up our astrology. Astrologers are going to have to go back to school and think about this, but it's got huge kinds of ramifications for us.

But in my data set, the presence in the Moon is going to be going to be in our face in a couple of years, okay? So the fact that there is a presence in the Moon, that the Moon is inhabited, that it is not as it's being told to us, and that the academics are full of shit, all of this stuff will start coming out in a big way next year. A lot of it's going to come out because the school system is going to collapse. The colleges, the universities. It'll be just like in the Soviet Union.

We're going to get to a point where the money is, or even in the Weimar Republic in Germany, it all happens the same way anytime you get to the end of a fiat currency system in the Soviet Union, it was the Soviet ruble. It had been deliberately polluted by us to be destroyed in order to destroy the Soviet system. Yada, yada, yada. Bunch of history. But when you get to that point where you start getting double digit inflation on a monthly basis, it only takes about two to three months before you find the more stable employees that are able to take early retirement do so, okay?

They'll take early retirement. A month after that, lots of them will just quit. They'll quit for various different reasons, right, to establish some kind of a small stipend in the way of a retirement money coming in while they go out and try and hustle up real money to pay their bills, that sort of thing, right? So if you're 55 and you could retire early and you get a little tiny bit of money, then you're going to do it even though that little tiny bit of money is inadequate, it's because your whole salary is inadequate, right? And so what you'll do then is to go off and hustle up some other kind of work while having your little bit of retirement.

And so you're going to hope that that will get you through all of this. Lots of people that won't be able to retire will reach a point where they'll know, fuck it, Mabel, no point in working for this amount of money every month when it doesn't even make our rent, right? There's no point for someone going and spending 40 hours a week at a job which they probably do not like and not get enough money to pay their bills. And the people that that hits are on the lower order of the spectrum. And that's when you have the mass walk offs, right?

Whole companies will just fold. They'll just fade because basically over the course of like a week or so, people will simply stop coming in because it doesn't pay them to do so. Maybe they'll talk to the boss about it ahead of time and so on. And then ultimately everybody just leaves in frustration with the situation thereafter. It doesn't usually take that long before the governments collapse.

In our case, it's going to be part and parcel of that process because so many people work for the federal government. So, yes, I have to bear in mind that every college professor, every college employee, every university employee works for the federal government, whether they know it or not, because their institution that pays them and most of the money flowing through it is coming not from the fees and stuff that the students pay, but from grants, from investments, from research grants, all this kind of different shit that's all going to go to shit very rapidly as we get into this serious part of our dollar degradation, which we're there now. This is also going to be part of the split happening between the mainstream media and the rest of the people. It's like, why the fuck would you listen to CNN when they're telling you, hey, the biden economy is the best America's ever had. You people are doing so well.

Yada, yada, yada, right? All of which is horseshit, all of which is 100% different from your observed daily life. And you want to listen to people lie to you. Once you recognize that it's 100% lies, they'll just fall away. So I expect that process to take like 45 days, and maybe at the end of the 45 days, we'll see things like Fox News and CNN and all these places literally go bankrupt.

Shortly thereafter, though, you'll have millions of people walk away from working for the federal government, and it's going to create some weird conditions because one thing could have a lot of people milling around that are going to be very angry and they're going to want change. And so we're getting into that early next year, right?

It's a dangerous time. It's an exciting time. You wanted to be here for this time.

If you're young and you're living through this like you're 19 now, your grandkids will not believe the shit you're going to live through, right? You would not be able to tell them in any meaningful fashion what it was like for you to be here during these years. COVID and shit like that, that's nothing compared to what's coming. Absolutely. Nothing.

We'll look back on COVID as the little pause, the little vacation before the real shit hit. It's going to be that ferocious on us. And so I'm expecting that this time next year most of the federal government won't exist, that we will have had the start of the walkoffs, we may have had the bulk of the walk offs. There will be people that will still stay on the job for lots of different reasons. But in the main, the vast parts of the population working for the government won't, they just won't go in.

There won't be any point. They might be better off trying to get stipends from the government, that kind of thing. So anyway, here now I got to do other work.

A lot of the stuff coming out about the moon in the future will be doing so through the upcoming defunct academia.

That's going to have a big impact on the hyper novelty because you'll have so many people coming on out now that they're not bound by an institution now that they can't be canceled because there's nothing to cancel them from. They'll start talking about shit in a very real way. And this is going to be part of this hyper novelty and it's going to make everybody batshit, right? Hyper novelty is not going to be a good thing unless you're really prepared for it. A lot of people will make vast quantities of money on it, this kind of thing, because there'll be opportunity all the hell and gone, but it's going to be a rough time to live through, there's just no doubt of that.

And it's coming fairly quick. So now's the time to basically get your shit together, buy gold, silver, bitcoin cryptos and that kind of thing, because the death of the dollar is here and the crash of the system is going to be through the rest of this fall and in through winter and probably not very much of the current existing system. Banking, academia, government, all of that will be functional by spring of next year.

Usually it takes about five months for the whole process. If we look at the Weimar Republic, if we look at the Soviet Union, once you reach a certain point, nation takes about five months before governments collapse. This is the same way in all the banana republics and yada, yada, yada. We're at that point with the Biden regime, confidence is fading. Once you have a combination of confidence fading to the point where it's zip and you have the currency go bad, hey, you don't have a government anymore anyway, guys.

Take care. You have to take care because we're in hard times.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


PsyFi World – 10-11-2023

PsyFi World - 10-11-2023

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a narrative or monologue discussing a series of events and deeper philosophical and metaphysical concepts. The narrator begins by recounting a series of unfortunate events, including a cracked windshield and a minor accident. The narrative then shifts to a discussion about psychic phenomena, referencing Ingo Swan, an early remote viewer. The narrator delves into the nature of reality, time, and consciousness, suggesting that our reality is not continuous but is broken up into flashes. This concept is likened to how computers operate in time slices. The narrator further posits that time plays a role in creating psychic energy, with every snap back into reality producing ripples of psychic energy. The idea is that all living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability due to their existence within this reality. The narrator also touches upon the idea of space aliens and their potential understanding of this psychic reality. The document ends with a mention of the "Kazarian mafia" and their alleged efforts to suppress knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.

#Event #ClifHigh #reality #time #consciousness #psychic #IngoSwan #remoteviewing #aliens #energy #narrative #events #philosophy #metaphysical #computers #timeslices #ripples #existence #life #extension #KazarianMafia #knowledge #suppression #flashes #phenomena #understanding #space #telepathy #conscious #awareness #duration #metaphor #sorcerers #shaman #Aikido #harmonizing #temporal

Key Takeaways:
  • Reality is not continuous but consists of flashes, similar to computer time slices.
  • Time plays a significant role in creating psychic energy.
  • Every snap back into reality produces ripples of psychic energy.
  • All living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability.
  • Space aliens might have a deeper understanding of this psychic reality.
  • The Kazarian mafia is allegedly suppressing knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.
Predictions:
  • The contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy will soon be revealed.
  • Humans will soon discover how psychic they are relative to space aliens.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. I'm way on my way outbound now. It's only about 1018. Been a weird day.

This is probably going to be the only one of these I put up today. The other one was my other talk was interrupted by a car being struck by a rock thrown from a logging truck and it cracked my windshield. And then after that, I pulled over in town here at a little store to get out and examine it, see if there's been glass taken out in the sense of chunked out of the thing. A very dangerous situation, which indeed there has. So I've got to get it repaired.

Anyway, I got hit by a little car. I don't know what kind of little car it was. Sort of those dark gray little cars. It was backing out as I was walking around my car. Hit and run.

They didn't even know they'd hit me. Probably knocked me over and torqued my back out a little bit. So I decided to just abandon a lot of the little extra chores and just head back after doing the shopping. Food is the important stuff. And now I got to make an appointment to get the windshield fixed and hopefully I don't have to deal with any fucking doctors on my back.

I got to do a lot of repair for that. Anyway, just not a good day. Big and stormy and so on. Anyway, so the previous talk I just nattered on about the ashkenazi and all of that. It's not important.

Anyway, and then I got hit by the rock. There was a lot of swearing and then I just shut it off. Anyway, so the thing I wanted to talk about really is this really kind of weird spooky idea which is related to Ingo Swan, who was an early remote viewer, like one of the very first, wrote a bunch of really cool books, really good thinker. I mean, he really thought deep about stuff in the ESP Psy world, right? So just as an aside, I'm going to start calling our Sci-Fi world that we've got coming up here.

I'm not gonna spell it sci anymore. I'm gonna spell it Psy because it's all about psychic stuff, right? Anyway, Ingo Swan had in one of his books, which was really a good book, he said that it's going to come down to contention I won't say a war, but contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy. And it's a toss up. Or rather, we don't know how that will end for humans or for the space aliens.

We don't know how psychic we are relative to their psychicness, et cetera, but we're going to be soon finding out. Now, I have a view of reality here that says that our reality is not as is described by Einstein. It's not the little grit that in fact we have these our reality is broken up into 22 trillion flashes per second. And that time is the power for all of everything. And that time is expressed out of duration, is expressed out of consciousness as it recreates itself 22 trillion times a second.

This is pertinent because in my viewpoint, time is also creating our psychic abilities, right? If we wanted to think about it a particular way, if we wanted to envision it this particular way as time snaps reality back into self aware existence, bear in mind that when we're in the pause, we're still here. We're just not aware of ourselves here, right? We don't see the world. The world does not, quote, exist in that sense until we snap back into our awareness.

This is kind of, in a sense, this would be a metaphor that is derived. Okay? So let me reverse that. The way computers work with time slices 32,557 clock cycles on a 256 machine, right? And hundreds of thousands of clock cycles in the faster computer chips and so on.

That is time slicing, okay? That's taking it a second and slicing it into all of these little chunks for each and every one of those little chunks within the computer. Every time the computer does that, the software is given an instruction saying you exist now, you can do something. And then an instruction set is returned to the operating system. And the operating system does the very first part of that instruction set in the very first time cycle after that.

So it receives it and then there is actually a pause within the computer. That is so it's 132 thousand of a second being granted each time for an instruction set to the chip. And then there's the pause. There is no like turn off or anything. It's just that the electricity has to cycle again and it takes another 32,000 of a second to cycle in more electricity and get the next instruction set operating.

This is a metaphor for our reality, okay? So we cannot build any devices in this material reality that do not reflect the reality in which it is being built. So we could not, if we tried, make a continuous time machine. We could not make a machine that calculated time continuously without any gaps. Computers don't do it.

As I say, they time slice on the chips. Clocks don't do it. Look at how the mechanism has that little pullback as each time the hands are moved, there's a small fraction of a millisecond in which the hands rock back ever so slightly before advancing again. And it doesn't matter how big they are, how small they are. This is a mechanism that is built into all watches, all clocks, based on our reality.

And look at how we used the swinging action of a pendulum in the old days to power clocks back and forth. You'd have a spring and then the pendulum was the time slicing on the energy that was stored in that spring. And as the pendulum rocked back and forth, a mechanism would allow the spring to provide tension into the mechanism of the clock, and then all the gears would advance. And ultimately, when the spring ran out of tension, the clock stopped. Okay?

Electronically, we're doing the same thing. We're time slicing. We're doing this because that's a metaphor for how our reality works, that we are all time sliced individuals being sliced in or out of consciousness, depending on how you wanted to think about it. Okay? So it's my thinking that as time snaps us back into reality, we have this, like, I want to say, a wave effect, okay?

And so the wave effect is that as time smashes us into existence 22 trillion times a second, every single one of those instances produces ripples within the reality at an energy level. And the very first level of energy for all of these ripples is going to be psychic, because that's the lowest level consciousness or highest level, however you want to think about it, consciousness is the fastest reacting energy we've got. Consciousness reacts so many thousands of times faster than electricity or any other form of energy, right? So consciousness is the first thing to react here, and the wave, the cascading, the shock of time snapping us into reality causes psychicness, all right? That's the ultimate source for psychic energy.

Knowing this, you can in fact, augment that. You can play with that. You can game it, so to speak, right? You know that this is happening. You know that there's going to be a psychic push.

You know that it's going to be wavelike, and that to a certain extent, it can be counted on to act as a carrier in the sense of providing psychic energy, et cetera, et cetera, so you could augment your own psychic ability, understanding how psychicness works at an energetic level. Now, I'm quite certain that a lot of the space aliens know this. They know how reality is structured. Many of them can probably see it, sense it, feel it, whatever, right? They have their understanding of it.

Probably a great many of them are just like us, dense motherfuckers that just don't really grasp it and are still struggling with the idea of consciousness versus agglutorated grit.

So time at that level, the big T, time participates in creating us, but also creating psychic energy. The waves of the psychic energy roll through us just as they roll through everything else. You have to understand how incredibly complex and complicated and to a certain extent, messy this becomes. Because you can see that if you were just sort of standing there and reality snaps you back into itself, so to speak, consciousness places you back into reality for that 122 trillionth part of a second that in that instance, as the energy is snapping in, you would be able to understand how do I want to say this? The effect of time not only on you, but time as duration, that is going to persist in the form of thoughts, activities, events, these kind of things, continuation from 122 trillionth part of a second to another.

Thus, if you were aware of how all of this sort of stuff worked, you could like for one way to deal with it would be to set yourself a temporal marker and then knowing that that temporal marker was going to occur at the time of its occurrence. You put out a psychic thought, for instance, right? But you don't put any energy behind it at that point. What you do is simply create it at that very first temporal marker. Then you don't have to wait because it's having 22 trillion times a second.

But the very next snap into reality, you would then use the energy to push that thought that you already knew was there, waiting to be pushed further into reality. Makes sense. You would sort of play with the effect of time, knowing that you could count on these forces to augment your efforts. And so this is really what a lot of the shaman do. This is really what sorcerers and curanderos and bruges, these kind of guys, this is what they do relative to our reality.

And you'll see that even like martial artists, like judo guys, karate sanses, this kind of thing, they will know about this EB and flow sort of stuff. You see it in judo all the time, where you're getting contention and they're pushing back on the particular kind of throw you want to use. And you just sort of let it SAG a bit. And as you let your energy SAG, you're basically drawing them in and then you snap back, either reinforcing your original throw or diverting to a new one. But what you're basically doing is you're harmonizing with and this is what we do in Aikido constantly, is we're harmonizing with the energies that are presenting themselves as reality recreates itself so that you become part of that wave.

Then you become a lot more powerful because you're not fighting against it. You're not trying to produce linearity in a world that does not have linearity. So as I was saying earlier, we cannot figure out any fucking way at all to produce a continuous time device no matter what we do. And there's been a lot of people that have been trying for various different reasons, okay? A lot of them now are having to do with medical analysis and biochemical reactions and this kind of thing that need to be timed to a degree that would have the gaps taken into account, so to speak, right?

So our psychic, our psychicness as an outgrowth of the way in which reality works. So all beings that are snapped back into reality are psychic, even insects. You can prove this to yourself, right?

You're sitting in a room, there's a bug, you see a fly, it flits around, and then it lands on the table, okay? You can prove that that bug can pick up psychic impressions by thinking to yourself to the point that you're envisioning all of the actions involved, and all you're ever going to do is think about it, right? You're not ever going to do it, but you think to yourself about smacking the fly with something, right? You think to yourself, I'm going to pick up this magazine and I'm going to smack that fly and kill it. And if you think this solid enough, put enough energy into it, that bug will react, it will pick it up.

Now, bugs, of course, are going to be somewhat dense to this sort of thing, right? They're not going to necessarily be as energetically perceptive as mammals, this kind of thing, right? And so you can do this with regular mammals. We all know the effect of where you're thinking about someone and they call you, or when, hang on, okay, what's this guy doing?

He's going slow. He wants me to pass him, but I can't do it because of the hill up here. Anyway, so anyway, as I was saying, we're coming down to it, and I think that there's a time component within our reality here. So little t time, not big t, but I think there's a time component that also interacts and plays around with our psychicness and that it's better to know that there are temporal aspects of psychic phenomena. When you're doing it that way, you can take advantage of and you can harmonize on these temporal aspects.

It's difficult to explain where I want to head with this because there's a lot of stuff I don't understand about it yet. There's a lot of stuff that I'm still speculating on and still conjugating on relative to manifestations in our reality that are showing up as psychic ability or psychic events with a temporal component. And the temporal part matters. Okay? So if we were more advanced, or if we were speculating that the space aliens telepathy is more advanced, then you might be able to as a telepathic being or a psychic being, you might be able to say to yourself, oh, that's an old you get a psychic impression.

You could say, oh, that psychic impression is old. It's not likely to manifest. It is something that was put out into the ether here and pushed out, and I've picked up on it, but there's no follow up behind it because of XYZ. So it'd be kind of like you pick up a psychic impression like you were the fly picking up the impression about being swatted. Now, bear in mind that the fly time slices.

It doesn't have a brain, doesn't think this way, but it is psychic because it is alive, because it's exhibiting living tissue, it is psychic and it's picking up your impression, and it ultimately will react to your thought of going to kill it. Now you have to think you're going to kill it solidly. You have to envision that you have to put some energy into it. You have to know that this is a reality that you can execute because the fly is not going to react to your fantasy, unlike humans, okay? Humans will react to your having a fantasy about all of this stuff just because you can put that information out there.

And humans are extremely susceptible to picking up information, and sometimes some humans have very little discrimination power, and they pick up information, and they assume because of the way they've got it, that it's valid and it's real. Now, this is one of the ways I differ from most of the Wu people. I don't ever assume that any of this shit I come across is in any way real. And I have very strict protocols for myself for analyzing all psychic impressions and this sort of thing such that I can eliminate or at least reduce the amount of misdirection that I get from the misdirection that is inherent in psychicness. Because it may be certainly a science, but it is not a deterministic activity because of the nature of the energies involved.

So you will find that maybe you're really psychic, and every time you think of the I'm going to smack you fly exercise, that fly lifts up and flies away right away. Okay? Or you may find that if you do this repeatedly over many days, you find you're more effective at it on some days than other days. That's the usual state with humans. The usual state is that our psychicness is so variable as to call it into question, especially in the Kali Yuga, or especially as coming out of the Kali Yuga, where we've been through that mindfuck of the Kali Yuga, and we're really dense and stuff.

And so to a certain extent, you can easily discount psychicness in humans during that period of time because it is not a replicable activity. You can't do it on demand. Therefore, we can say it doesn't exist, because if you can't demonstrate it, it doesn't exist, which is basically the way our reality operates.

So that being the case, I apply these metrics, so I don't assume any dream I'm ever going to get is psychic, no matter how many dream logs I'm going to create, right? I have to see some evidence before I will say that, all right, I've gotten a psychic impression. Now, I've had such a thing today. When I got up and got in and got moving, everything was off. Everything was just decidedly off.

Ended up leaving the house late. Everything was just decidedly not usual today. And what happens here? Hardly got on the road. My car started giving me some grief.

Drove in most of the way into town. I get the windshield broken, and then later on, I get bumped by this car at this little parking lot area. So it wasn't like it smacked me. It was backing up. It didn't know I was there.

It sort of pushed me and bashed me, and I was able to recover because I have done Aikido for a lot of years. I have a soreness in my back. It's not a big deal, but so what should I have done, right? So I get up in the morning and I've got this psychic impression. Just because of how cruddy I feel, do I react to it and say, no, shouldn't go into town today.

That really would have been the best thing to do. If I had done that, I would not have had the cracked window. I would not have been hit by the car. So should I have reacted? Probably, right?

If the goal was to avoid all of this, probably. But if the goal was to reinforce my ability to understand my psychicness, I needed to understand this to this level by having the window broken, by being hit by that little car, because I knew when I headed out, it was just not going to be a good day.

Anyway. So our psychicness has this temporal component in it, and I've been working with some of these temporal components in relation to remote viewing, all right? And so it's a tricky concept to get across. But the concept is that the aliens may not have to deal with the bullshit, right? Because they have, let's just say, aliens on the moon.

They have not been suffering the Kali Yuga. They don't have the Kazarian mafia. They don't have them trying to mask all of this stuff. By the way, the Kazarian mafia is desperately you not think of yourself as psychic. You wouldn't believe how desperate they are about that.

They're almost as desperate about that as they are about life extension, okay? The Khazarian Mafia desperately wants to live forever or live a lot longer, and they're even willing to take their consciousness being shoved into a machine. They don't understand what that means because they wouldn't have feeling. They wouldn't have sensation. And sensation life without sensation is hell anyway.

So the Kazarians are really stupid and fucked up, but they've caused our society to be really stupid and fucked up. Some space aliens living up on the moon without the Kazarians there fucking with them. They know about our reality. They know about the flash that creates the reality. They know about the time.

They know about temporal ripples. They know about time being carried forward as an energetic expression of the recreation of the reality 22 trillion times a second. They know all of this kind of stuff, right? And so they would be able to think about and have a lot longer discussion or a lot longer research and cogitation about the nature of our reality. And in my opinion, these guys are going to be much more realistic if they think about this stuff in this way at all, but they will be much more realistic about what's going on.

And so they won't have the Khazarian Mafia trying to put them down every time they bring up some little psychic bit of stuff. If we did that, we would have far less of the if we were open about it, then everybody could criticize each other and we could have a formalized protocol that says, oh no, your dream didn't mean anything. It's because you had those nacho cheese burritos and those five plates of spicy wings and those four beers that you had that drink, that dream, and that it's not going to manifest. And then sure enough, when it doesn't manifest, everybody would point out and say, look, you can't trust your dreams after eating spicy wings and nachos.

So we would have that kind of validation, right? Because it would also be able to validate it when you did get the dream, right, when you were getting an effective intuitive information out of reality. Most people don't have protocols. They're going to accept any kind of weird shit that pops into their mind as being legit. This is why I liked Dick Dalguyer and his remote viewing crew, is that they have a formalized rigid structure for the analysis of this.

And note they still get bullshit in there. They still get weird crap showing up, right? Because our minds are complex and they invent shit all the time, can't help it. And so they're just going to shove stuff in there. And because of certain things, you will accept that the shit that your mind shoved in there is accurate and psychic when it's not.

This is why it's all woo. It's not replicable. It's not deterministic science like chemistry. If you put these three chemicals together in this mix, in this particular order, under these atmospheric pressures and this temperature, it's always going to produce this chemical reaction to this degree. And so that's a deterministic science.

The wu sciences are not like that. You can have everything set up that you're aware of, same parameters every fucking way, but the psychicness does not show up this particular time. And it's because there are so many parameters in universe that you don't control and that you're not even taking into account, right? I've been investigating how the Egyptians had thought of the interior of the brain using their little Egyptian eye motif symbol thing, and looking at the history of that and what they're trying to convey. And these guys knew so ancient Egyptian social order from which we get these images 7000 years back.

So back in the previous Silver Age, or maybe as late as the previous Bronze Age, they were aware of this shit, and they knew that psychicness was revolving down to this particular complex in the brain. And they even pinpointed the center of it. They even did stuff to augment it at a physical level. They were trying to turn their psychicness stuff into a technology. Maybe they achieved it before the end of the Bronze Age, I don't know.

The Kali Yuga wipes out all of the records and this kind of shit. Plus we've got the evil Kazarian mafia out there deliberately wiping out all the records because they don't want you to know you're psychic. Now. It's going to be impossible for humans to ignore this shit in the very near future simply because of the fucker better stop. Almost got hit again.

So that's the kind of day it is. At least I made it to my driveway anyway. So there are things you can do to augment the psychicness. There are ways to and I'm exploring this. At some point I'll write something up about the whole thing.

And probably we need to formalize it and figure out what parameters of time are involved and all of this kind of thing. But it is existent Kazarian mafia are fighting desperately. I think they're going to lose that fight. I think we're all going to figure out our psychicness here pretty damn quick and that it'll start showing up in relatively short order. Now they're trying with all of their distractions, their wars and this kind of stuff.

But I bet you it's not until I bet you when we get into the period of hyper novelty. So sometime after April 3, that's where my data suggests that hyper novelty will be visible. It's going to be creeping up on us over the rest of this year and into next year. But by April 3, it'll be visible and we'll be discussing it not just the woo people, but regular people will be discussing what the fuck, what's going on, blah, blah, blah. And so I have to get out and put shit together and haul it in and store it and stuff.

But anyway, so when you wake up in the morning and your whole fucking world is saying no, you don't want to go out and do what you'd have planned, maybe you'd better pay attention. Probably it's going to be worth doing it, not going out and doing this stuff, paying attention to the psychicness. It's probably going to be worth that at least one out of every two times. All righty, guys, I got to go and do stuff.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🐇 White Rabbit Tales: The Origins of a Classic Story: The Secret World of Lewis Carroll

🐇 White Rabbit Tales: The Origins of a Classic Story: The Secret World of Lewis Carroll

🐇 WHITE RABBIT TALES: THE ORIGINS OF A CLASSIC STORY: THE SECRET WORLD OF LEWIS CARROLL

Episode Summary:

"Alice's Adventures in Wonderland" is a timeless literary masterpiece, captivating readers for over 150 years since its initial publication. The PDF document provides a comprehensive exploration of the book's origins, its author, Lewis Carroll (Charles Dodgson), and the real-life inspiration, Alice Liddell. Carroll, a mathematics lecturer at Christchurch, Oxford, first told the enchanting tale to Alice and her sisters during a memorable boat trip along the River Thames. The story, born out of a golden afternoon, would eventually transcend its casual oral inception, morphing into a beloved global classic.

The document delves into the complex relationship between Carroll and Alice Liddell, a subject that has sparked speculation and controversy over the years. Carroll's interactions with Alice and her sisters were multifaceted, involving storytelling sessions, photography, and shared adventures. The author's deep involvement in the lives of the Liddell sisters, particularly Alice, is meticulously documented, providing readers with a glimpse into the dynamics that eventually led to the creation of the iconic tale.

Furthermore, the PDF sheds light on the controversies surrounding Carroll, including his secretive nature and the photographs he took of young children. These aspects of his life have been scrutinized, leading to various interpretations of his character and intentions. Despite the controversies, Carroll's legacy as the creator of "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland" remains untarnished, with the book continuing to enchant readers with its whimsical characters, surreal landscapes, and intricate wordplay.

The document also highlights the significant cultural impact of "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland". The book has not only influenced literary works but has also permeated various forms of media, art, and popular culture. Its universal themes, imaginative narrative, and unique characters resonate with audiences of all ages, making it a perennial favorite among both children and adults.

Additionally, the PDF acknowledges the contributions of John Tenniel, whose illustrations brought Carroll's fantastical world to life. Tenniel's artwork is integral to the book's success, providing visual representations that have become synonymous with the story itself. His meticulous attention to detail and ability to capture the essence of Carroll's characters have cemented his place in the annals of literary history.

The document concludes by reflecting on the enduring appeal of "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland". Despite being a product of the Victorian era, the book's relevance and allure have not diminished over time. Its exploration of identity, reality, and imagination continues to provoke thought and delight in readers, affirming its status as a timeless classic that transcends generational boundaries.

In essence, the PDF offers readers an insightful journey through the history and legacy of "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland", providing a deeper understanding of the factors that contributed to its creation and sustained popularity. From the intriguing relationship between Carroll and Alice Liddell to the controversies surrounding the author and the indelible impact of Tenniel's illustrations, the document presents a multifaceted exploration of a book that has captivated the hearts and minds of readers around the world for over a century and a half.

#AliceInWonderland #LewisCarroll #Classic #Literature #ChildrensBook #AliceLiddell #Liddell #JohnTenniel #Imagination #Controversy #History #Storytelling #Fantasy #Dream #Reality #CulturalImpact #EnduringAppeal #Timeless #VictorianEra #DrugUse #Hallucinogen #Illustration #BoatTrip #Oxford #Christchurch #Photography #Inspiration #Magic #TeaParty #WhiteRabbit #Pedophilia #Pornography #AdultChildRelationship #MadHatter #CheshireCat #FairyTale #Adventure #Underground #Masterpiece #Iconic #Legacy

Key Takeaways:
  • "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland" is a timeless classic with enduring appeal.
  • The story was initially told by Lewis Carroll to Alice Liddell and her sisters.
  • Carroll's relationship with Liddell, the inspiration for the book, has been a subject of speculation and controversy.
  • The book has captivated both children and adults for 150 years due to its imaginative narrative and universal themes.
  • Illustrator John Tenniel played a significant role in the book's success with his iconic illustrations.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

🐇 WHITE RABBIT TALES: THE ORIGINS OF A CLASSIC STORY: THE SECRET WORLD OF LEWIS CARROLL

150 years ago, this book was published. It would become one of the greatest
children's stories ever. And it all began here. One summer's day, the Reverend
Charles Dodgson took ten year old Alice Little and her sisters on a boat trip along
the River Thames. The girls were absolutely enchanted by his stories, and the power
of Carol's imagination has enthralled millions of readers, from John Lennon to
James Joyce.
Alice, hands down, for me, is number one. Always has been. It's absolutely a
magical ride in terms of children's literature, a revolutionary book, and it's
unlike, of course, anything that had ever been written for children before. The
book is fantastic and brilliant. I would give it five stars.
It's good. They say that after the Bible in Shakespeare, louis Carroll is the most
voted author on earth. These are the foreign language editions of Alice. We have
aboriginely here French, German, Japanese. Only a handful of people would have
known at the time that Charles Dodson, a math stone at Christchurch, Oxford, was
also Louis Carroll, and that the inspiration for the book was a real Alice, alice
Little, the Dean's daughter.
For years, the relationship between Carol and Alice Little has been the subject of
speculation. I think he was in love with her, but I don't think he would have
admitted that to himself. Carol's reputation has also been dogged by questions
about his child friends and the photographs he took of them. That is quite
disturbing. It is, isn't it?
That's a little girl in a very adult pose. And in the course of our research, we've
uncovered new material that adds to this controversy. My gut instinct is it's by
Lewis Carroll. What was really going on? Who knows?
So what was it that led to the creation of Carol's masterpiece, alice's Adventures
In Wonderland? And what are we to make of the controversies surrounding him? You
probably recognise Christchurch as the dining hall at Hogwarts. And in fact, Louis
Carroll, who taught here, created the Harry Potter of his day. So how did this
rather dry mathematics lecturer manage to create such a fantastical world?
And what was the nature of his relationship with the real Alice day in Oxford?
Every 4 July, they celebrate the day in 1862 when Louis Carroll told Alice and her
sisters the story of Alice in Wonderland.
I'm clearly Alice. And I'm the Mad Hatter. Mad Hatter, March Hare and Alice.
Everyone in here likes Alice. Yes, we all know the story, don't we?
Alice is getting very tired of sitting by her sister on a riverbank when suddenly a
white rabbit with pink eyes ran close by her. Either she falls asleep or she
follows a white rabbit who leads her down a hole. It's ambiguous. She finds herself
in an underground chamber with a tiny little door and the key was on the table and
she couldn't reach it. She sees a bottle with the words Drink me on it.
And she goes through all sorts of nasty experiences. That's when she met the
Cheshire Cats. Alice goes to a tea party. Tea party? Yes.
She meets this strange character that'd be me, who's a bit deluded. Alice got a
bit stressed because they're being so mad. Then there is a weird game of croquet.
The cards were like painting the roses red.
Eventually, Alice loses her temper and she comes out at the end saying, you're
nothing but a pack of cards. Well, don't ask me about Alice in Wonderland. I'm
just here for fun. I love this book. I always have.
I was just captivated by Louis Carroll's completely surreal imagination and
transported off to Wonderland. I even played Alice when I was a young girl in the
Village play. This is where I grew up, ditchling in Sussex. When I was eleven, the
Village put on a version of Alice Through The Looking Glass and I'm on my way back
for a reunion.
I thought I might not. But that's your recording of the production. This is
Ditchling players performance of Alice Through the Looking Glass, January 1969.
Across the field since the next course. Well, here I am.
I'm getting very tired. Where is Humpty Dumpty? Sweet pear.
I like listening to my own voice back nowadays, let alone when I was eleven. It
feels great. But what is what is really charming is hearing the audience laughing.
Yeah. And really enjoying it.
Yes, they certainly loved it.
I had no idea I was acting in such a psychedelic production. No.
Alice broke box office records in Ditchling. There was a general praise for ten
year old Martha Carney, who plays Alice. This was a performance that will be
remembered in Ditchling for some time. And yes, this is the one that was used a
lot, wasn't it? Yes.
Playing there. That's why it's a very stiff card. Very much kind of Lewis Carroll's
amazing imagination to have a game as the center of it all. He does that in Alice's
Adventures in Wonderland as well. It's playing cards there.
Yes. He loved that idea of playing games. I'm 57 and I first read the book when I
was seven years old, and I have read it every year at least once since then, so
I've read it a minimum 50 times. It's possible that my character, Lyra, is a sort
of descendant of Alice in that she's a matter of fact child in a world of large and
strange things she doesn't fully understand. So probably I stole that.
Yes. So why has this book captivated children and adults, actually, for 150 years?
Alice in Wonderland endures because it is universal literature. It captures
brilliantly how a child responds to the world at a time when some of the
categories that, unfortunately we start to take for granted when we're a bit older
are yet fluid. So the barriers between dream and reality, all of these remain
porous in Alice.
And he grasps beautifully what the psychology of that situation is like it was in
the corner of this famous quad at Christchurch, right over there, that Lewis
Carroll wrote down his story Alice in Wonderland. It's now actually an internet
cafe for students and over here was where Alice Little lives. She was the Dean's
daughter and the inspiration for the book. Little did Alice know that the story
would come to dominate her life. In 1932, as an old lady, she visited New York,
where she was captured on film for the first time.
It is a great honour and a great pleasure to come over here and I think now my
adventures overseas will be almost as interesting as my adventures underground.
Well, so how did those adventures come to be created? It really began here in
Oxford when Lewis Carroll first met Alice Little. She was around four at the time,
he was 24, a newly qualified math stone. It was a relationship which seems unusual,
to say the least, to modernise.
He was dry, methodical, a punctilious. Alice Little said that he looked as if he
had a poker stuck up was, you know, so upright. Everything was neat, thick,
orderly. I mean, it's hard not to think of him as someone who had a mild form of
OCD. In those days, dons at Christchurch had to take holy orders and they had to
be celibate.
So Charles Dodson became the Reverend Dodson. Though he never converted to full
priesthood. If he had become a full priest, he may be encouraged to take on a
parish and he would have found that pretty daunting. He had a speech impediment
and so reading a service was not easy for him. His mouth would open but the words
wouldn't come out.
Carroll spent almost his entire adult life a bachelor don behind the cloistered
walls of Christchurch. And even though he wrote both the Alice books here, he kept
his identity secret. He instructed the porters at Christchurch to return to sender
any letters that came to Louis Carroll. He also, though he was a very keen
photographer, he didn't like being photographed himself and that probably was
because he didn't want people to recognise him in the street. He didn't want fans
coming up to him.
Carroll was more than a keen photographer. He was a pioneer of a new art form. He
took hundreds of photographs of writers, friends, artists and celebrities. But one
person stands out above all others.
There is no photographic image of Alice which is not arresting startling, like, you
know, the people who nowadays become supermodels, who the camera is in love with.
It was when Lewis Carroll was working in the library at Christchurch that he first
spotted Alice playing with her sisters in the deanery next door. So this is his
office when he was a sub librarian. As you can see, book lined. Quite impressive.
But even more, even better than that, look, this is the view. That's a beautiful
walled garden. So that is where he would almost certainly have first seen Alice,
alice Little, for the very first time, because that's where the Littles lived,
that's where they lived and that's where the girls were playing. Alice's father was
appointed Dean of Christchurch, which at the time was the place to go. They were a
glamorous family.
They had parties, they had musical evenings, they were friends with royalty. Louis
Carroll was really drawn to all three little girls initially because they were all
photogenic, charismatic and upper class. He had just got his first camera and
the friendship developed, really, with him trying to get them to sit for
photographs.
As you might expect for such a meticulous man. Lewis Carroll kept very detailed
diaries. And here's an interesting entry for April 25, he was on a visit to the
deanery. The three little girls were in the garden most of the time and we became
excellent friends. We tried to group them in the foreground of the picture, but
they were not patient.
Sitters. I mark this day with a white stone and that's what Carol always does
when it's a particularly special day. They became tremendous friends, all three
girls, even though Alice was obviously singled out as the special one. She was
pushy, imperious, shaking her hair, he always used to say, shaking the fringe out
of her face and sort of bossing everyone around.
Under here is one of the original plates shot by Louis Carroll. I'm going to be
allowed to have a look, but obviously it's incredibly valuable and very delicate
when I put on the light, so I'm able to see it. Oh, my goodness, this is
fantastic. What I'm looking at is a negative. And here she is at around six years
old.
You get the sense of a rather strong personality, a self possessed little girl.
She was a beautiful child. She had an assurance that her sisters didn't, and her
older sister in particular didn't like being photographed. She found it really self
conscious making, but you can imagine Alice loving it. He would go over to the
deanery and entertain the children and he would be in the nursery.
The governess was probably there and he would teach them magic tricks and he would
read stories to them. He would go almost every day and of course, he would have
the girls to his rooms as well. Well, he got really quite involved in their lives
and they went out on outings, it seems, an almost continuous round of being with
them. And then as they got to an age where they could leave the confines of
Christchurch, he organised boat trips. And so began one of the most famous boat
trips in literary history, as Carol and his friend Robinson Duckworth took Alice,
Edith and Lorena Little up the River Thames to Godstow.
Hi. Hi, Martha. Hi, Mark. Hi, Mark. Good to see you.
This is Tom, who's going to hi, Tom. You're doing all the hard work, aren't you?
Well, I'm very much looking forward to retracing the steps. And is this the same
boatyard? It is, yeah.
It's the same family run company. Here we go. Well, I've managed the first stage. I
haven't fallen in. Well, indeed, you're setting a very good precedent.
It wasn't the first time that Carol told them stories, by any means. But the
crucial difference that day was that Alice, for whatever reason, pleaded with it to
write the stories down. Alice asked him, Tell me a story. Tell me a story. And he
would lean on his oars and go, no, not this time.
Next time. And the girls would say, It is next time. Now, tell me a story. So he
unwillingly began on the story of Alice in Wonderland.
He clearly was making it up as he went along. He had no notes. He hadn't planned
it. He just started the story of Alice following a white rabbit down a rabbit hole.
And we have her own account, don't we, of what happened that day here in the first
biography of Louis Carroll.
And she says, I believe the story of Alice was told one summer afternoon when the
sun was so burning that we'd landed in the meadows down the river, deserting the
boat to take refuge in the only bit of shade to be found, which was under a new
maid hayric.
The story Carol told them wasn't all make believe. It was also full of in jokes and
references to real places like this. The famous Treaclewell, not far from the
river.
Exactly. Here it is. They must have loved it, because it's the scene, isn't it,
from the Mad Tea Party? And when he says, once upon a time, there were three little
girls. This is the doormat.
And their names were Elsie, Lacey and Tilly, and they lived at the bottom of the
well. That's cook, isn't it? Indeed. Lacey is anagram for Alice herself. And Elsie.
If you break that to the two capital letters LC, you get Lorena Charlote, the older
sister. Exactly. And then Tilly was the family nickname for the younger daughter,
Edith. So all three of them are dead.
The journey ended 4 miles upstream with a picnic on the riverbank at Godstow.
Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the bank.
Precisely. And here we are on the bank. And I think the reality of that day is
reflected probably in that first line, and even what happens next.
Alice seeing the rabbit, the white rabbit, go down the rabbit hole, and then
following, there are still rabbits to be seen on this part of the Thames Bank.
Here we have Lewis Carroll's own account of that famous golden afternoon. On July
4, 1862, duckworth and I made an expedition up the river to Godstow with the three
littles. Now, on the other page, he writes later, and he says, on which occasion, I
told them the fairy tale of Alice's adventures. Underground, which it undertook to
write out for Alice. She was the one who nagged him to tell the story, so in that
sense, she was the crucial one.
It took him, I think, a year or so. But eventually he did write it down for her and
he presented it to her as a Christmas present. He had written it out by hand
himself and then drawn all the pictures.
And this is it, the original version of the children's masterpiece, alice's
Adventures Underground. Just look at the detail in this. I mean, it's like an
illuminated manuscript. It's so lovingly done.
Over here we have the large Alice. She's grown so big, and next to her, the White
Rabbit. And I think it's intriguing the way that Louis Carraff has drawn this
picture himself, because it's almost like the White Rabbit is a kind of suitor to
the much bigger, the more formidable Alice. And he's ended it with a photograph
which he's taken of Alice in the very last page. But in fact, what was discovered
later on, underneath that, there's a drawing that he made himself in keeping with
his obsessive perfectionism.
There are no mistakes in this manuscript, no crossings out, no blotches. Carroll
practiced his layout and his drawings in advance. Here you've got a real rabbit
that he drew from a naturalist handbook. As he develops it, he gradually
metamorphoses into a fairy tale rabbit, but with a rather sad face. He's hunched
over something kind of mournful, characteristic.
What do we have here? So this is the number of faces. So this is Carol's version of
Alice. She's looking slightly dreamy, slightly distracted, slightly distant. Yeah,
slightly plaintiff.
Here. Almost all the characters seem to be slightly mournful. And that might just
be he's not very good as an artist. Or it might be that there's something about
Wonderland in which the characters seem to be trapped there as if for them, it's
like an open prison. Because it's Alice's Adventures in Wonderland.
They're just there as extras. After encouragement from friends and making the most
of his connections to the publisher Alexander Macmillan, carol decided that Alice
should go into print. He'd already been thinking of a new name for his book. I
love this bit. He's playing around with which title to have Alice's Hour in
Elfland.
Question Mark. The masterpiece could have been called that. And then he has Alice's
Adventures in Wonderland question mark. Alice's Adventures in Wonderland was
published in 1865. The timing couldn't have been better.
David Copperfield, Great Expectations, the Water Babies. All published in the same
era. This is the moment when Victorian literature finds the child, so the child is
becoming really into focus, which is the moment where Carol produces this
astonishing dream book.
And here it is, the final published version of Alice's Adventures In Wonderland.
You can just see the amount of trouble that Louis Carroll has taken in his whole
involvement in this book. For example, the colour here this is The Water Babies,
also published by Macmillan, but in a fairly standard dark green cover. Lewis
Carroll was adamant that he wanted red. Red was the colour that was going to appeal
to children.
But what's particularly interesting is the fact that there are stories in here that
aren't in his original manuscript, the gift that he made to Alice Little. So the
most famous episode of all, really, the Mad Tea Party. That wasn't in the original
version, but it is here. And best of all, we have illustrations by John Teniel. He
was the famous Punch illustrator who Lewis Cowell persuaded to illustrate his book.
We mustn't underestimate the importance of Teniel in the success of these books.
They are sensationally good illustrations and he was very particular and he sent
them back again and again. I think Teniel must have got a bit fed up with him at
the end. The other thing is, they're in the middle of a lot of text, like this
one, for example. The story flows around the illustration.
It does make a huge difference to have the illustrations as part of the part of the
page, rather than a separate little page on their own. And then something which
must have seemed so innovative at the time is that famous bit of the story, which
is the mouse's tail. And here we have the original copper plates that were then
used to print the drawings. So you can see the difficulty the typesetter must have
had in getting it going right down the page, just like a mouse's tail. And here's
the plate with the Cheshire cat illustration.
And you can really see the kind of detail that John Teniel used in order to produce
one of the most famous images from Alice.
Alice the first female lead in children's literature, and the most memorable.
She's very self confident, isn't she? She's wonderfully untroubled by the bizarre
circumstances in which she finds herself. Alice is the voice of common sense. If
you had a crazy character as the protagonist in a crazy world, where's the
difference?
Where's the story? She's quite feisty, she's quite funny. She challenges the
creature she challenges and she challenges everything that she's expected to obey
in real life in some other way. She keeps her composure and that makes her a very
unusual heroine. What other child heroine from the 19th century is like that?
Jane Eyre? Not many. It's hard to appreciate just how revolutionary a book Alice
in Wonderland was, completely. This is an example of the sort of thing that was
popular before. This is the history of the Fairchild family.
No pictures. There are some conversations, but mostly of the finger wagging
variety. And there's one episode near the beginning which is notorious. The father
notices the children have been quarrelling and to show them they shouldn't quarrel,
what does he do? Take their toys away?
No. Send them to bed without any supper? No. He takes them to a gallows to see an
executed criminal who's rotting in his chains. One of the things I really like
about Carol's book is the way that it's rather subversive about those sort of
preachy books.
So there's a fantastic bit here where Alice is trying to decide whether to drink
that famous bottle, and she says she also see whether it's mark poison or not. But
she had read several nice little histories about children who got burned and eaten
up by wild beasts and many other unpleasant things, all because they would not
remember the simple rules their friends had taught them, such as a red hot poker
will burn you if you touch it. And yet she goes ahead and drinks it anyway. Yes,
she's a rebel. She is a rebel.
The irony, of course, is that this rebel was created by a man who positively
embraced order. It's the mark of someone who loves rules and he loves smashing
them up. The croquis game breaks all the rules. The hoops move, the Mallets are
flamingos. The Caucus race would be another example.
All have won and all shall have prizes. And somebody that rule bound seems to be
very excited about when the rules can be broken. I think it's very interesting,
the original circumstances in which he started telling the story. I mean, in the
boat going up the river, carol wasn't the only person rowing. His academic
colleague from Trinity College, Robinson Duckworth, was rowing strokes, so he had
to speak to Robinson Duckworth as well as to Lorena and Alice and Edith.
And therefore a lot of the jokes appeal to a fellow mean. They're jokes about
philosophy and logic and mathematics. There's some wonderful pieces of logic in
this book, but I don't want to go among mad people, Alice remarked. Oh, you can't
help that, said the cat. We're all mad here.
I'm mad, you're mad? How do you know I'm mad? Said Alice. You must be, said the
cat, or you wouldn't have come here.
The other thing is, it's pretty frightening. It's a strange, almost nightmarish
world. I remember Alice growing her necks very tall. Really freaked me out,
because they are freaky. That terror that you have of falling down a hole and you
don't know whether you're ever going to reach the bottom of it, that's something
that is very, very strong in a child's memory.
Alice's encounters with the weird creatures of Wonderland are actually a much more
literal account of what adults look like to children than we, as adults, like to
think. And the fact that they shout things you don't understand, like off with his
head, which isn't that different to go to your bed. I think it was Virginia Woolf
who said that Carroll could remember much more vividly what childhood felt like
than most of us can once we've ceased to be children.
So are there clues in Carol's own childhood that help us to understand this special
empathy with children? He was born near Warrington in 1832, his father was a
clergyman in the village of Darsbury. Carol was the eldest son and he was
surrounded by well, by little girls. There were two brothers, but lots and lots of
sisters. When Carol was eleven, the family moved to a large rectory near
Darlington.
He kept his siblings entertained with homemade magazines full of stories and
cartoons. He became their leader and entertainer. He had a natural talent in
storytelling. Over 100 years later, an amazing discovery was found under the
floorboards of what was then the nursery. We have little handkerchief.
This is a letter from his mother, that is his mother's handwriting. So he kept
that. And I suppose that's one of the real clues to show that this really did
belong. Exactly. That's a little teapot lid.
Well, a teapot lid, of course. Mad Hatter's Tea Party, just like the glove, not
with the white rabbit, kept losing the symbol, which we know this, don't we, from
the Alice story, from the Caucus range. Yes. Here we have three little glimpses
of some of the stories that were yet to come, haven't we? We've got the Mad
Hatter's Tea Party, the symbol from the Caucus race and a glass glove.
We don't know exactly when these treasures were planted or by whom, but whenever
it was, it's as though Carol was telling us something, not just about Alice's
adventures in Wonderland, but also about himself. By the time he arrived at
Christchurch, he may have left his childhood behind, but he carried the idea of it
with him and from then on children and child friends would remain at the centre of
his life. Well, he's supposed to have said that they were three quarters of his
life and I do think they were very important to him and I think he saw them partly
as a sort of refuge from the adult world. When Carol wrote to his child friends,
he wrote as one of them. His letters are mini works of art, like this letter with
pictures instead of words.
Or this one written in the shape of a spiral. Or this, where he's pretending to be
afraid. This was a man who came alive in a different sense with children.
But what exactly was going on with Carol's relationship with children? And what was
the nature of the relationship with Alice Little? Despite the wonder of his books,
these are the questions that always hang over Carol. And this is where the
arguments begin amongst Carol experts. He once asked Alice for a lock of her hair.
Was that a lover's token? Today we may well think that a lock of hair is a love
token. I mean, what did it mean then? I mean, she was just a young girl, so I think
it's very difficult to describe. I mean the character of the man is one that
enjoyed the friendship of children, but there is no sense of a love interest in
this at all, he was emotionally involved, there's just no question about that.
And that's why I can't bear these critics who say that he only had a paternal
interest in the girl. So that won't do. I think he was in love with her, but I
don't think he would have admitted that to himself. What makes Alice In
Wonderland, I would argue such a powerful book, is the very fact of Carol's
repressed attraction to Alice. Among the photographs Carol took of Alice in the
Daenery Garden is this one, still controversial to this day.
It shows Alice dressed as a beggarmaid with her ragged dress falling off her
shoulder. It's quite a challenging look, isn't it? It's a very challenging look.
And the fact that you can just see one of her nipples is something that a lot of
viewers find slightly disturbing, as if there is a little flash of sexuality there.
It looks a little as if it's a kind of come on gesture.
But the fact that she's holding her hand to her body is because in photography, if
she was outstretched, that would shake and that would blur the picture. No other
reason would it have been as disturbing to a Victorian audience. No. Taking
photographs of middle class children dressed up. This was an absolutely standard
piece of acting out, but it's the most famous one because, as you say, the gaze
pins us and we don't know how to read her.
The picture may be ambiguous, but one thing is certain the special friendship
between Carol and Alice Little resulted in one of the greatest children's books
ever written. And yet, by the time Alice's Adventures In Wonderland was published,
that friendship had come to an abrupt end. Why? A year or so after the boat trip
to Godstow in June 1863, something happened and Lou Carroll was exiled from the
Dean Mary to find out what happened. The obvious place to come would be here, to
his diaries.
But when you look inside, pages are missing. Just looking along here, you can see
where there's been a razor cut.
When his nieces inherited his diaries, they cut out a number of pages and we have
to put bits and pieces together to try to think of what might have happened in the
Deanery for five months following this apparent rift. There's no mention of the
little girls in the diaries at all until we come to December the fifth. And there's
a theatrical evening. At the very end of that day, lewis Carroll writes, mrs Little
and the children were there, but I held aloof from them, as I have been all this
term. Held aloof.
Such an interesting phrase. What was really going on? It's my theory that Alice's
mother was the cause of the split. Carol's manner grew too affectionate to Alice.
Alice's mother was a dreadful snob.
She was known as the Kingfisher in Oxford and she wanted kings, princes, earl,
dukes for her daughters. So she stamped on. It and she burnt all the letters that
Alice had received from Dodgam in the waste paper basket in the deanery. Is there
evidence of that? My grandfather mentions that it happened.
Yep. It's a story in my family. So was Carol's attachment to Alice the cause of
the rift? It's possible that there may be other explanations. In this archive in
Woking, where the Carroll family papers are kept, an intriguing piece of evidence.
A scrap of paper points in two other directions. Alice's sister Lorena, or Ena, as
she was known, and the governess, Mary Prickett. This is a note written by the
niece who cut out the pages. And it's actually called Cut pages. In diary, she
writes, Elsie Lewis Carroll learns from Mrs Liddell that he's supposed to be using
the children as a means of paying court to the governess.
He's also supposed to be courting ena. That's Alice's older sister. So what this
suggests is that the rift wasn't anything to do with his relationship with Alice,
but in fact was about the governess or her sister. It's true that there were
rumours at the time about Carol and Lorena and also about the governess, and that's
what this scrap of paper is referring to. However, there is another document, a
letter written by Lorena to Alice when they were both in their 80s.
In it, Lorena informs Alice that she's just been interviewed by a biographer and
she's worried about the explanation she's given for the rift. I said his manner
became too affectionate to you as you grew older and that Mother spoke to him about
it and that offended him. So he ceased coming to visit us again, as one had to give
some reason for all intercourse. Ceasing, this letter appears to point things back
to Alice, although it can be read two ways. But we don't know which word we're
supposed to stress.
Is it I said his manner became too affectionate to you? In other words, he paid
badly, he maybe tried to kiss her? Or is it I said his manner became too
affectionate to you because actually it was me that he was after and I had to give
some excuse to throw her off the scent again. We simply don't know. But why would
it have been worse for him to be affectionate towards Lorena than to Alice?
Lorena was the eldest daughter. She was above the age of consent. The age of
consent was twelve. So for Carol to kiss her would have meant something different
in everyone's eyes than him kissing a very little girl like Alice. Because to us it
seems so much worse.
The suggestion that Mother had banned Carol from the house for being too
affectionate towards a little girl. Yeah, exactly. It's tempting, of course, to
think of Carol as a Victorian Jimmy Savile, but in fact we have dozens and dozens
and dozens of records from girls who he befriended, who made it clear that there's
a kind of ritual to their friendship. It involved kissing them chastely, and that
was it. But for him, it was almost a way of proving that his intentions were pure,
or possibly as a very repressed man, this was as far as he felt he could safely go.
We have various bits of evidence which can be twisted and turned and shaped in
different ways, but ultimately it comes down to, what do we think was going on
inside his head? So the mystery of the rift remains unsolved. All we know for sure
is that in June 1863, carol was exiled from the Deanery. And when he was eventually
invited back in December that year, his relationship with the family had become
formal and distant. He was asked back for tea, but then everything changed.
Everything changed. They grew apart. There's a rather sad last final picture he
took of her. She looks sad and the mood is sad.
She looks rather wistful in a way there. I think it mirrors the portrait that
Carol, the last one that he took of her. I think she looked sad. I mean, her
beloved sister Edith had died by then. I think you can see that etched into her
face, because the kind of wonderful brio that she had as a little girl has gone,
hasn't it?
Alice had grown up on the surface, she'd forgotten Carol, her childhood friend. She
married a man called Reginald Hargreaves, but chose a revealing name for one of her
sons. Well, she gave my grandfather the name of Carol, which she always denied,
incredibly had any resonance at all. But you can't help think, come on.
For Carol, the real Alice may have left his life, but the fictional Alice lived on.
He couldn't stop recreating her first in the famous sequel, Through The Looking
Glass. And what Alice found there then in merchandise and spin offs. For him, it's
not about the money, it's more about trying to maintain contact with his dream
child. The part it also, I think, goes back to his own childhood, being safe in
this little paradise.
She was a strange, distorted version of him. So little Alice will never grow up.
And even though Carol himself had, it meant he could always go back to it again and
again. It's as if he wanted to be that ideal dream child.
Did he simply want to be her? Or was there something else as well? Over his
lifetime, Carol accumulated hundreds of child friends. He'd meet them on railway
journeys and at the seaside, his pockets brimming with puzzles and games. He
basically picks them up.
He picks them up in trains, he picks them up at friends houses. And of course,
they're not alone. They're always accompanied by their parents, their nurses, their
governesses. That kind of collecting of children became an astonishing way of
life. What was really going on?
Who knows? It certainly would raise eyebrows these days from social services and
parents. And it did raise some eyebrows, then. Well, I think people are quite often
very quick to criticize, thinking about things as they are in this day and age. I
think one always has to put oneself back to the period in which these events took
place.
And, I mean, there is absolutely no evidence whatsoever that things were improper
or anything like that. Was there ever any complaints about his behavior towards
children, either from the children themselves or their parents? I don't know of any
at all. And I've studied this man for over 40 years, so I think if there had been
any, I would have found them by now. The interesting thing here is that his first
biographer, Dodgy and Collingwood, he does seem to have distorted the record in
order to suggest that the child friends were younger than they actually were.
Because when he was writing this biography at the end of the 19th century, it
seemed fine for a bachelor to spend his time with little girls but very
questionable for him to spend his time with sexually adult young women. And so he
slightly twisted the evidence to make them younger, with very OD consequences, of
course, for Carol's subsequent reputation, since we now take precisely the opposite
view. The picture, though, gets complicated because Carroll not only collected
children, he photographed them in his studio. And in some of those images, the
children are naked. To modernise, this certainly seems questionable.
This isn't an interesting one, because if you think about Alice going up the river
for the story to be told, going to Wonderland through the riverbank here you've got
another girl who is naked on the riverbank. But it's not just a photograph. What
he's done is he's taken a photograph of her and then he sent it away to an artist
to be professionally hand colored, and a whole background has been painted in. And
what it's done is it's turned her into a little Eve before the fall. It stops it
being a photograph of a naked girl, and it turns it into an artistic nude.
He did have a sort of obsession with innocence and childhood and innocence. And
these days we would not have considered it possible for a photographer to
photograph young children in the nude. It was absolutely inconceivable. They'd be
bundled off to prison as quick as you. But in those days, he could do that.
And it was sort of, yes, that's all right. He's an artist, he's a photographer, and
the children are perfectly innocent, but there's nothing wrong going on at all. And
there wasn't XP, probably. I think Carol thought of childhood as innocent. Like
many people, he thought the human body was a supremely beautiful thing.
And he thought the most supremely beautiful form of human body was the female body
before puberty. That is quite disturbing. It is that's a little girl in a very
adult pose, either you could think of this as the little girl whose body naturally
and unselfconsciously falls into this kind of posture. Or it could be putting
little girl in an overtly sexual post. Well, this is the problem we've got, isn't
it?
That all we've got is the image. Dodson himself, I think, was a heavily
repressed paedophile. Without doubt, many of the suggestions about his
relationship with children being unhealthy is totally unfounded and, in my view,
totally false. There are many people who misunderstand Lewis Cowell because they
haven't done their homework. There are people who will strongly contest that,
won't they?
They'll say, actually, what he was interested in was the innocence of childhood,
which was like a cult in Victorian times. I think that's what paedophiles are
interested in is the apparent innocence of children. It's a problem, isn't it?
It's a problem when somebody writes a great book and they're not a great person.
These days, naked photographs of children are really not acceptable in our own
culture.
I think it was different in those days because there are so many Victorian
pictures showing naked children. I mean, if you look at Julia Margaret Cameron, for
example, who was his contemporary, she had pictures of naked children. So what
are we to make of Louis Carroll's relationship with his child friends, and in
particular the nude photographs? I'll be honest, I'm such a big fan of his work
that I'm quite resistant to the idea of exploring any possible dark side. And it's
certainly true that in the Victorian period, images of naked children were more
widespread.
But there's no doubt that some of the images are really quite disturbing. So are we
imposing the sensibility of the 21st century back into the Victorian era, or simply
trying to protect an author whose work we love? Carol's photographs of young naked
children are undoubtedly controversial. But towards the very end of filming and
after completing our interviews with the Carol experts in this program, we stumbled
across this. If authentic, it would completely change our ideas about Carol.
Our researcher found this photograph in a French museum. It's attributed to Louis
Carroll and it's labelled Lorena Lidl. Now, Carol took lots of photographs of
Lorena, but this one is shockingly different. It's a full frontal picture of a
naked young teenager, a picture which no parent would ever have consented to. So is
it genuine?
Well, here are some photographs we know Carol took of Lorena at Christchurch. Is
this the same girl? Whoever the young girl is, she certainly doesn't look at ease.
So was this taken by Louis Carroll? It certainly needs investigating.
I didn't really expect that my Adventures In Search Of Louis Carroll would take me
through a doormarked French Riviera and look, there may be no real way of
discovering who took this photograph, or even if it really is of Lorena Lidl, but
the image isn't allowed out of the country. So coming here to Marseille and
subjecting it to expert tests may be the best way of discovering more clues this
isn't the first time the image has been examined. In 1993, the Carol expert Edward
Wakeling judged it to be inauthentic when he compared it to known Carol
photographs, but would subjecting the original to forensic tests suggest something
different? Nicholas Burnett is a picture conservationist with specialist knowledge
of 19th century photography. There is something quite strange, isn't it, about the
pair of us looking back into the eyes of this girl?
And it's a young girl, isn't it? A naked picture of a young girl? Yeah, absolutely.
We've brought Nicholas here to the Mousse Cantini in Marseille to examine the
photograph. It says Lorena Vidal l Carol Coal, M C.
So I think that's a dealer's inscription saying what it is and where it came from.
Cole probably is short for collection. The Mousse Cantini don't use the letters MC
on their photographs, so we don't know what MC stands for. We do know that the
photograph used to be held by the gallery Tex Braun in Paris after the death of the
owners in 1986. It was donated here.
But is it dated from the early 1860s, when Carol was photographing the little
girls? There's a lot of damage on the surface. There's a big crease up here,
corners been torn off. There's some scratches. You can see the little brown spots
on her face.
It's a very slow growing mold, very difficult to fake convincingly. It looks like
it's got a very thin albumin coating. Album, of course, is egg white. So let's have
a little peek there. Yep, that's very thin.
That's what you'd expect from the 1850s, 1860s, so we can rule out a modern fake.
So we've established that the photograph was taken around the same time that Carol
was seeing the littles what about the kind of camera being used for this? Well, he
used an Otoegals folding camera. It's the sort of camera that it would have been
taken with two wooden boxes, one slightly smaller than the other, just sliding into
each other. Was the photograph developed using the same method that Carol used?
This was called the wet collodion process, in which chemicals are poured over a
glass negative a little bit earlier than this, and it would have been from a paper
negative and then it wouldn't have been quite so crisp. This print has been
printed from a wet colloidium negative. So can you just, given what you've been
looking at so far, can you sum up for us what we know and what we don't know about
this photograph? Well, it's taken using a negative process that Carol used. It's
printed on the sort of paper that he used about the right date.
So, so far everything fits. We have an inscription on the old mount saying Lorena
Lidl and Elle Carroll. But is there anything on the back of the print itself? The
way to find out is by thinning down the corners. Carol began using his studio in
1863.
He typically numbered his pictures. Although some of the records for the early
1860s are missing, one would expect each print to be numbered. But this print has
been cropped. The negative is larger than the photograph. Right.
So it's possible that it was there and it's been snipped off. Doesn't look like
there's anything there. What does that mean, do you think, for the absence of one?
Doesn't really prove anything because, as I say, it might have been trimmed off.
Overall. We've put this photograph through a number of different tests and you've
given us your scientific opinion about it all. What's your gut instinct? My gut
instinct? Is it's by Lewis Carroll?
Yeah. Why is that? Just everything about it, really, you know, that was so
interesting because I'd half expected our expert to say, no, this couldn't possibly
have been taken by Lewis Carroll, it was from the wrong period, or was actually an
out and out fake. But in fact, even though we didn't find an inscription by Lewis
Carroll himself, we now know that was developed using the same process as Carol
would have been used, a similar camera and actually that it dates from the period
when Lorena Little herself would have been a young teenager. Back in London, I'm
on my way to see forensic imagery analyst David Anly.
He works as an expert witness in court cases and he's going to compare the
characteristics in known photographs of Lorena at different ages with a photograph
that we found. If we start with the eyebrows now, the image at the top here is of
the older Lorena as an adult. The image in the middle is the younger Lorena and the
one at the bottom is the girl in your photograph. There are certain similarities.
The line of the eyebrows is consistent and there is a further consistency in their
depth at various points.
If we then go on to the eyes, you can see that there is a fairly hooded appearance
and this feature appears consistent both with the girl in the photograph and of
Lorena. If we look at the nose again in terms of the width of the nose at the
nasian here, the point between the eyes, the bridge and the width of the ailee,
the fleshy pads on the side of the nose there, those are all broadly consistent, as
is the apparent form of the nostrils. To my inexpert eye, they do look remarkably
similar. They are similar and there are certainly no indications there of a
significant difference. And then the upper and lower lips, these, to me, are most
interesting of the features that we see here.
All three images appear to show a cupid's bow in the upper lip, but most
interestingly, the lower lip is fairly prominent and protruding in the center and
on the right hand side, but over on the left it fades away. And that's evident
here in the girl on the photograph here on the younger arena and still evident to a
degree here in the older arena overall, what are you able to tell us about this
photograph? Well, if I was doing a comparison such as this for a court case, I
would say, forensically speaking, we would say that there is moderate support for
the contention that the girl in the photograph is Lorena, as shown in the other
images. As this is not for a court case, I'm prepared to get off the fence a
little bit and say that, in my opinion, I would say it's her. We can't say for
certain that this is a photograph of Lorena Little, but we have established that
it's not a fake, it's a genuine photograph, and it's from the exact period when
Lorena Little herself would have been a young teenager.
If true, this casts a further troubling light on the life of Louis Carroll and also
offers a possible explanation for that mysterious rift between him and the Little
family.
So this is where our investigations have taken us. Now, of course, we've got no
provenance directly linking Carol with this photograph, but why would someone
bother to label it as Lorena middle? She was a pretty obscure figure at the time.
The questions which hang over this photograph mirror the larger controversies about
Louis Carroll's life. Ideas which are strongly resisted by his many admirers, who
say that we're trying to impose modern values on a very different age.
Perhaps we'll never find out the real truth about Louis Carroll, however much we
delve. But as we come to celebrate the 150th anniversary of this book, we can
marvel at the way this pedantic cloistered mathematics don has managed to capture
the imagination of children throughout the world. The man, however flawed, has
written a work of genius that's been rediscovered generation after generation.
In a new series of a good read, maureen Lippman and Frankie Boyle talk about their
favorite books. That's Tuesday afternoon at 430 on Radio Four, a powerful coming of
age tale about a pair of teenage girls. Here on BBC Two tonight, Ginger and Rosa is
a film later, 1030. That's after a selection of Qi moments worth watching again.
Next.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Climate Change: 3 Underlying Issues You Should Know – 10-04-2023

Climate Change: 3 Underlying Issues You Should Know - 10-04-2023

CLIMATE CHANGE: 3 UNDERLYING ISSUES YOU SHOULD KNOW - 10-04-2023

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the perceived crisis of climate change, highlighting that despite alarming messages, climate-related deaths are decreasing due to technological advancements. Climate scientist Judith Curry, initially an alarmist, reflects on her journey and the media's role in propagating climate change fears. The document reveals that the emphasis on climate change often overshadows real issues like poverty, poor governance, and inadequate city planning. It suggests that the narrative around climate change has been significantly influenced and perhaps distorted by funding politics, media hype, and advocacy groups, leading to a kind of "consensus" that may not accurately reflect the complex reality of climate science and its uncertainties.

#ClimateChange #JudithCurry #Media #FundingPolitics #AdvocacyGroups #Consensus #Science #Uncertainty #Poverty #Governance #CityPlanning #Technology #Alarmism #Narratives #ClimateScience #GlobalWarming #Crisis #Reality #Distortion #Influence #Hype #Fear #DeathRate #Environment #Weather #ExtremeWeather #Hurricanes #SeaLevelRise #Infrastructure #Warnings #Catastrophe #Politics #Policy #Ethics #Skepticism

Key Takeaways:
  • Climate-related deaths are decreasing due to technology.
  • The focus on climate change often overshadows real issues like poverty.
  • Funding politics, media, and advocacy groups influence the climate change narrative.
  • There is a consensus on climate change that may not reflect the complex reality of climate science.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

CLIMATE CHANGE: 3 UNDERLYING ISSUES YOU SHOULD KNOW - 10-04-2023

People are dying. People are dying. The planets on fire. We must do more to fight climate change, we're told, because this is an actual crisis. But is it really a crisis?

Thanks to better technology, climate related deaths are actually falling still, the media tell us, experts say, that we have until 2030 to avoid catastrophe. Climate scientist Judith Curry once was one of those alarmists. Hurricane Katrina happened that changed everything. Well, yes, it did, and I'm partly to blame for that. Curry spoke about a link between big storms and global warming.

I was co author on a paper published in Science that was actually published two weeks following Katrina's devastation of New Orleans. And in the paper, we analyzed global hurricane intensity since 1970, and we found that the percent of category four and five hurricanes had doubled over that period. Okay. We didn't really blame it on global warming. We just put it out there.

Here's what the data says. And so this was picked up by the media as a global warming catastrophe. And for the first time, the propagandists and the alarmists said, oh, here's the way to do it. Tie extreme weather events to global warming. Okay.

It was very hard for people to say, well, one or two or even four degrees, who cares? People couldn't really relate to why we should even care about that much warming. Just from day to day and day to night. The temperature changes by more than that. But now if it's associated with more intense killer hurricanes, now we have something to be worried about.

So this hysteria is your fault? Well, sort of. Not really. They would have picked up on it anyways. But I was there right at the beginning of this hysteria, and this is the point when I entered the public debate on climate change, of the four co authors, I was the one who was most familiar with the climate change debate.

And so I became the spokesperson for the team on climate change issues. And I was adopted by the environmental advocacy groups and the Alarmists, and I was treated like a rock star. What does that mean, treated like a rock star? Oh my God. I was flown all over the place to meet with politicians and to give these talks and whatever and lots of media attention and this, that, and the other.

And within about two months of that, besides being exhausted, I mean, the main message we wanted to get across is that if you're going to rebuild New Orleans, you need to think about protecting it from a category five. Just don't rebuild what you already have. That was the message that we wanted to get out there. But no, it became this big global warming. Nobody was interested in that other argument.

I felt it was sort of my responsibility to be out there. It's not a comfortable place for me. I'm not somebody I'm much happier behind my desk at my computer than talking to people and being part of this big political debate. We were called terrible things by people on the other side of the debate. You're in it for the money, you're in it for personal fame and publicity.

And so I was demonized by the people on the other side. What do you mean the other side? The people who didn't like the whole idea of global warming didn't buy it, didn't think we needed to reduce fossil fuels. Now called the deniers. Now called the deniers.

Okay, so after a few months of this, scientists were criticizing our study. Okay, well, the data wasn't any good in the this is natural variability. And so like a good scientist, I went in and investigated all that stuff. Oh gosh, you mean the data is no good in the 1970s? I better check that out.

So I was taking these criticisms very seriously. And in all honesty, there were a lot of stupid criticisms, but in all honesty, a few of them stuck like the data wasn't any good in the 1970s. And I was really reflecting on all this. And after being misquoted a couple of times badly in the news, I said, I'm done with interviews. I am just done with this.

I am just done with this. But in the meantime, I was invited to give a lot of lectures. And I would do that, but people would ask me questions. Oh, the hockey stick and the ice sheets and sea level rise and things that I didn't know that much about. And so I started, well, I need to learn about all these other things.

So I started learning broadly about the whole thing, not just going beyond my own personal research expertise. And then when Climate Gate struck, climate Gate threatened to overshadow the work ahead. And this was in 2009 with the unauthorized release of the emails from the University of East Anglia, if you remember this by IPCC authors. And it showed a lot of really ugly things. Avoiding Freedom of Information Act requests, trying to keep data out of the hands of people who are questioning their results and bullying, trying to get journal editors fired from their job, trying to bypass the rules of the IPCC, and on and on.

All this skull thought. And then it clicked in my head. I said, well, I can't take their word for know. This is what goes on behind the scenes of the IPCC. All this skulldugery and bullying and cherry picking and trying to keep these papers who challenge what you want the message to know out of the literature and out of the IPCC.

I can't trust the IPCC. So what did Climate Gate have to that's one university? What? The IPCC is bigger. Okay, but they were emailing all the other IPCC authors all over the world.

You have to understand the origins of all this. The origins go back to the 1980s and the UN environmental program had this big environmental agenda, anti capitalism. They hated the oil companies, and they seized on the climate change issue as one to move their policies along. The 1992 Climate Treaty of the UN to prevent dangerous anthropogenic climate change, 196 countries, including the US. Sign this.

This was in 1992, before there was any evidence that humans were impacting the climate. And they went ahead with this treaty. So you can see that the policy cart was way out in front of the scientific horse from the very beginning. So the IPCC's mandate was to look for dangerous human caused climate change. The IPCC wasn't supposed to focus on any benefits of warming.

They weren't supposed to focus on natural climate variability. They were just supposed to look for the signal of dangerous human cause climate change. Okay? That was their mandate. Okay?

And then the national funding agencies directed all the funding in the field to look for dangerous human caused climate change. So anybody who you're a scientist and you say, well, we don't know that this is a problem you don't get. You can I was getting funded even after I stopped to do things that weren't directly related to global warming, to analyze NASA satellite data sets, something like that. I could get funding to do that, but to do something big that would relate to the broader issues? No.

All the big center and institute fundings was going to people who were establishing these programs to support dangerous human cause climate change. Mostly the impacts. Not even looking at the causes of all this. Why? There's a couple of things in play.

Once this whole thing was in motion, if you wanted to advance in your career, like be at a prestigious university, get a big salary, have big laboratory space, get lots of grant fundings, be director of an institute, get big awards by professional societies, well, there was clearly one path to go. Why it was tied in with the funding politics. It wasn't until like the 2000s, maybe 2003, 2004, where a climate scientist in a university would be called a denier, and then after climate gate, then it became really bad. I've been called a denier. Not so much that I deny mainstream climate science.

My perspective on the science is very defensible. I'm called a denier is because other people who they've called deniers, including Republicans, mostly seem to pay attention to me, and I've been invited to present congressional testimony by Republicans maybe ten or eleven times. So I'm regarded as enabling the deniers. So I must be a denier myself. This is the peculiar logic of what's I mean.

This is all part of cancel culture, and I think the climate scientists might have invented cancel culture because we were the first ones who were really out there doing this even 20 years ago, whereas in other fields it's a lot more recent. If you say we're all going to die and we got to spend a ton of money on this. You get funding if you say we don't know you don't get funding. No, it's more subtle than that. The funding agents initial send out an announcement of opportunity for grants.

We're looking at how global warming is changing water resources in the United States. Okay? That's the topic. So if you want to get funded, you say, well, I'm going to look at California, Nevada, and I'm going know, do this, that, and the other, and they'll probably get funded if it's technically credible. But if you come in saying, well, I don't see that there's any reason to think that fossil fuel emissions are changing water resources, and I'm going to go at this in such and such a way, you're probably not going to get funded.

So it's more subtle than that because the announcements of opportunity for funding are really tied to assuming that there are dangerous impacts. So the researchers aren't stupid. They know what they need to say to get funding. Exactly. Many people now act as if climate is everything.

I know there was a Time magazine cover, climate is everything. And there's this whole cottage industry of climate scientists who are trying to correlate migration. The price of wine, the quality of wine, floods, extreme weather events, transportation, congestion the size of frogs, everything. Airplane turbulence blamed on changing air currents. Scientists expect turbulence like this to become more frequent due to climate change.

Childhood obesity through inactivity caused by heat. A new study showing how climate change is making our children more obese. Oh, you've seen some good ones. You've seen some good ones. The issue is, this is a way to get you can always get a paper published that says that you can get money to do that.

You're going to get a good press release. I mean, this is playing into that whole professional game. If this was just a silly academic game, it wouldn't be so bad. But the real issue is that blaming everything on climate change detracts from the real underlying problems, which get ignored. People just throw up their hands.

Well, it's climate change. What's the real underlying problem? Well, poverty, lifestyle, poor governance, poor land use, poor city planning, on and on it goes. There are all sorts of underlying problems behind all these things that get ignored. Oh, it's climate change.

So we need to solve our real problems rather than trying to solve fake problems. People are dying. The potential extinction of the human race. The planet's on fire. The planet's on fire.

That's Bill Nye. Okay, in terms of lives lost, I mean, over the past hundred years, the number of live lost from extreme weather or droughts or whatever has dropped by 97%. It's a paltry sum. 97% more people are living with slightly warmer temperatures. Yeah, in terms of extreme weather, I mean, you have better infrastructure.

The biggest thing is advanced warning. Okay? In 1970, there was this really bad hurricane that struck Bangladesh. Estimated 500,000 people were killed. Simply the worst of the many cyclones the 2 million people who live here have ever experienced.

And this is what precipitated East Pakistan splitting off from Pakistan. I mean, it was that event. So that was a case of weather causing real changes. Yeah. And another tropical cyclone of similar magnitude hit Bangladesh.

The super cyclone bringing torrential rain and 150 miles an hour winds. 3000 people died and the difference was better warnings. Okay. And people had advanced much cheaper than trying to I know. People were able to evacuate.

More than 600,000 people were evacuated. Advanced warning is affordable. It's really cheap the price, really spending pretending to fight climate change totally. And the whole issue of danger, I mean, this is the weakest part of their case. Even the IPCC, the UN climate Assessment Reports, the more credible one, the physical science basins, they don't use the word danger.

They use reasons for concern. And that's a better way to describe it. Yeah. Any kind of climate change, whether it's natural cause or human cause, is an ongoing predicament that we need to understand and we need to adapt to and we need to try to manage the impacts. How we came to the point where we think that we're going to prevent bad weather from happening by eliminating fossil fuels is just about the most nonsensical illogical thing that I can imagine.

And the whole world is caught up in this nonsense. I mean, we laugh at Tulip mania back in the Netherlands many centuries ago, but this is really on that same level years ago with lousy technology, holland adjusted to rising sea levels. Okay, this is really a pretty amazing story. I mean, Holland has worked on this for centuries. I mean, parts of the country are as much as 7ft below sea level.

It's not that hard to manage a small amount of sea level rise. 7ft underwater, that's not a little I know it's a lot. The technology is amazing. And people over in the US. And around the world are consulting with Holland to figure out how to manage their sea level rise issue.

I mean, this is something that's manageable the John Oliver segment. This whole debate should not have happened. I apologize to everyone at home. My thanks to Bill Nye and the overwhelming scientific consensus. The overwhelming scientific consensus, that's what people still believe.

Okay? This whole climate consensus and this is chapter two in my book about the consensus. When you talk about a scientific consensus like the Earth orbits the sun, you don't need to say there's a consensus that the Earth orbits the sun. It's a well known fact. When you're talking about consensus, it's usually on a topic where there is disagreement.

And a government has asked a group to come to some sort of an agreement on what's what. You see it in science, you see it in medical boards when they're deciding what drug gets reimbursed for insurance for whatever disease. So it's a manufactured consensus. It's a consensus of scientists, which is different than a scientific consensus. Okay, so it's been politicized.

Something as complex as the Earth's climate is crazy, crazily, complicated, complex, ambiguous, uncertain. And there's a true scientific consensus on very little of this that the temperatures have been increasing for over 100 years, that burning of fossil fuels emits CO2 into the atmosphere, and CO2 has a radiation spectrum that sort of keeps the Earth's surface warm, all other things being equal. Beyond that, there's no real big consensus on anything. The most consequential issues we don't have consensus on how much of the recent warming is caused by fossil fuels. We still don't know fossil fuel.

And is warming dangerous? This is the weakest part of the argument. There's no agreement as to whether warming is dangerous. That's a weak part of the argument that was assumed. Okay, well, you're conflating the extreme this is the Hurricane Katrina argument.

You know, Hurricane Katrina wasn't caused by global warming. It was caused by but your paper said there's more hurricane activity okay. Associated with warming temperatures. Two issues. Part of it was bad dava.

Part of it is natural climate variability. And the most recent assessment of the category 45 issue is that it's maybe a 13% increase since 1980. And all of that increase is in the North Atlantic and the North Indian Ocean. You don't see it in the Pacific, which is where most of the hurricanes are. And in the Atlantic, the recent increase is known to be associated with the large scale multidocadal ocean oscillation.

So it's natural climate variability. And the worst landfall us. Landfalling hurricanes were actually in the 1930s. So there's really no evidence that hurricanes you're the unusual researcher who looks at criticism of your paper and actually concluded they had a point. They had a point for sure.

And I figured it out very early on about the data. But for saying that, you're yeah, you know, people pay attention to my science. The reason I really got knocked over into the Denier camp was I was critical of the climate gate scientists who I thought behaved unethically, and I was critical of the IPCC. That was my cardinal sin for getting me dumped into the denier camp because I was critical of their behavior. And I think my criticisms of the IPCC were echoed a few years later after Climate gate, when there was an inter academy council appointed by the UN to investigate what the IPCC was doing.

And they agreed they weren't paying enough attention to uncertainty and that a lot of their conclusions were overconfident. And this is exactly what I was saying. But the IPCC is one thing, but then you get the UN officials that cherry pick and overhype this. Climate change is quite simply an existential threat for most life on the planet, including and especially the life of humankind. And then this gets even further hyped in the media.

Global warming poses an existential and a real threat, which then gets further amplified by the advocacy groups we are now facing. Existential crisis. In the old days, Greenpeace and Natural Defense Council, I mean, these were fairly sane advocacy groups. Now we have extinction rebellion and just top oil and all of these groups that are just completely off the rails. What is worth more art or life?

Is it worth more than food? Worth more than justice? Greenpeace and the Nrdcra club are reasonable oh, compared, relatively compared to extinction rebellion. But they're all basing their scary claims, give us more money, we're going to stop it on UN. Predictions.

Okay, now this is where it gets interesting. So exactly what is the UN. Predicting? Well, over the last two years, the UN. Climate Assessment Team has published a series of reports and they put out a range of projections for the 21st century that are tied to how much greenhouse gases CO2 that we emit in the atmosphere.

And there are some alarming predictions tied to the extreme emission scenario in these IPCC reports. They really emphasize the simulations from the extreme emission scenario. It's more than half of what they talk about in these reports is tied to the extreme emission scenario. Well, in 2021, the UN. Climate negotiators dropped the extreme emission scenario and they're working off of the medium emission scenario as a baseline.

And right now we're tracking slightly below the medium emission scenario. And so this gives a much more moderate amount of warming than the extreme emission scenario. Even the Biden administration just issued a new report on the social cost of carbon. The extreme emission scenario is nowhere to be found. So you can see that the climate scientists are so addicted to the extreme emissions scenario that what they're doing has become divorced from the actual policymakers.

Why did the UN Drop it? Because the economists say, look, this is so not happening. In order for the extreme emissions scenario to happen, we'd have to increase our use of coal by six times, which is some have estimated that's more than the known recoverable reserves of coal. I mean, this is just not the path that we're on. I mean, it's just totally unrealistic.

In order to get to the extreme emissions scenario, you have to make crazily unrealistic assumptions and the UN. Climate negotiators, okay, well, we need to get real here. To their credit, don't give them too much credit, but they get credit for that one thing. But the climate scientists remain addicted to that scenario. But does this stop the UN.

Climate negotiators from saying, wow, this is good news? No. They say, well, the warming isn't as bad as we thought, but the impacts are worse. So we need to double down on the alarm. Rather than two degrees is the target.

We need to knock it back to 1.5 degrees as a threshold of danger. And the only way they get the impacts to be worse is if they're assuming that the extreme weather events are all caused by CO2 emissions, which of course, they aren't. In New York City, you've had the smoke from the Canadian wildfires because the temperature is warmer in Canada. Well, actually the trend in Canadian wildfires is actually down. So blaming this one.

Global warming is sort of hard. It was actually a fluke of a dry period and some lightning, out of season lightning, which caused those fires. And it's not warming. Back in the 1930s, the weather in the US. Was way, way worse than what we've seen in the last couple of decades.

We had far and away the worst heat waves, the worst droughts, the worst wildfires. Actually, the worst wildfires were even earlier in the 20th century, in the late 19th century. It's what John Steinbeck wrote about in The Grapes of Wrath. Don't know which way to turn. Oh, exactly.

What caused a dust bowl and all of that. That was horrible. And the worst landfalling hurricanes, us. Landfalling hurricanes were in the 1930s. So what was going on then?

Well, it was natural climate variability. There was a bunch of El Ninos and the Atlantic and the Pacific. Circulations were in a certain phase, and you got a decade of really awful weather and it was over most of the United States, not just the Dust Bowl region. It shows up in New York. Even shows up in New York.

The worst heat waves in New York were back then. Also. Wait a second, I see all these record high temperatures. Oh, but there's also record low temperatures. You're always going to be setting records somewhere high and low.

Do you remember back to Christmas when you had the crazy cold weather that came down in the stream? Variability caused by manmade climate change. Well, actually, if you really look at the climate dynamics, if you're warming and you're warming the Arctic faster than the lower latitudes, that's actually going to reduce the variability. And there's so much arm waving whenever there's an extreme weather event to try to tie it to global warming. Sure, fossil fuel emissions did have an impact, but there was a lot of other stuff going on in the 20th century that were influencing our climate.

And to think that all of this is global warming, human call it global warming, fossil fueled warming is just a fairy tale. And yet that's a minority opinion if you read the media. Oh, I know. Well, I mean, the people who understand this are a subfield of climate science called climate dynamicists. Okay?

And this is a relatively small group who have their roots in physics, not in ecology, not in sociology, not in economics, not in whatever, but have their training in physics and back in the old days. And this is why a lot of people on the older side in their fifty s, sixty s and seventy s tend to be more skeptical of the mainstream narrative is because they got this very rigorous education in geophysical fluid dynamics and climate dynamics, so they understand the circulation patterns and what's going on nowadays. You get your degree in climate studies, and the only thing you know about what is actually causing climate change is how to recite IPCC talking points. There's no understanding there. So when you hear experts talking about all this, there's three categories.

One is people who are fluent in reciting IPCC talking points. Bill Nye would be an example. You're adults now, and this is an actual crisis. He can talk about this stuff, but he doesn't have really any real understanding. He doesn't have a graduate degree, and his undergraduate degree is mechanical engineering, but he's the right, right.

And then the second class is people who actually have some understanding, who can read the full UN climate report, the full one, and actually understand it. And then there's a third class, people who are genuine experts who can critically evaluate all that. Okay? And unfortunately, that third category is shrinking proportionally because the rest of the climate field is exploding. You have a preponderance of this category.

One, people like Bill Nye who are judged to be experts, who are talking about all this. What's in it for them? Fame? Fortune? It may be their personal politics probably plays a, you know, fame and fortune.

So the IPCC has several scenarios, and the extreme one they've dropped. And as a result of these more moderate reference scenarios, the amount of warming predicted for the 21st century relative to the extreme emission scenario has been cut in half. So we're looking at half the amount of warming than what we expected, even still do lots of damage. It could, maybe, but I still think those projections are too high because they haven't adequately accounted for natural climate variability. But that leads us to the point is, what's dangerous might be dangerous.

The slow creep of global warming is associated with two main impacts, okay? One is the slow creep of sea level rise, and the other one is melting of glaciers and ice sheets. And those are slow processes. And again, the modern sea level rise and the modern glacier meltoff started in the mid 18 hundreds. Remember, we're coming out of the Little Ice Age right now.

Sea level rise is rising at 3 year. To put that in perspective, 3 mm. You stack two pennies on top of each other, that's 3 mm. That's how much sea level is rising each year. Per year?

Per year. It adds up. It adds up, but it adds up to maybe eight inches, eight or nine inches less than a foot. Okay? If you think about what the tides are from day to day, it's a lot more than a foot.

And a storm surge from a hurricane can be more than 10ft. So we're talking about a slow creep that we can easily normalize and adapt to. But I hear that we could be approaching the tipping point where everything gets worse. There have been abrupt climate changes in the past, and around 10,000 years ago, there was a hugely abrupt climate change tied to a change in ocean circulation patterns ten degrees over a century. And this was just tied to internal circulation patterns in the ocean.

Scientists are still trying to sort this out, but we don't know. But there can be these abrupt shifts in the climate. They talk about collapse of the Atlantic Ocean circulation and the Gulf Stream and all these crazy possibilities. Even the IPCC puts these know, low likelihood or low confidence. The only one that they give high confidence to is the disappearance of summertime Arctic sea ice.

And by disappearance, they mean 80% of it, they don't mean 100% of it. And in any event, the Arctic sea ice would reform again in the winter. So I don't know exactly what kind of a catastrophe that would cause. The most scary of these scenarios is the potential collapse of the West Antarctic ice sheet. The West Antarctic ice sheet is very unstable.

If you took away the West Antarctic ice sheet, that part of the continent would actually be well underwater. So it's what we call a marine ice sheet. The glacier sits above the water level, but the continental part is well below sea level. As a result, it's unstable and the ice sheet moves a lot faster than you would expect a glacier to move and icebergs break off. You hear in the news, oh, one just broke off the size of Rhode Island, and you hear this.

And that happens in the normal course of events. It is an unstable ice sheet. And if this were to collapse, it would take some centuries for all this to melt, but it would be a lot of sea level to rise. So to me, that's the one scary thing that could happen. On the timescale of three or four centuries, it would raise sea level rise six, 7ft globally on the timescale of centuries.

But that's something that we can adapt to on the timescale of several centuries. But the likelihood of that happening, I mean, it's one of these big wild cards. The ODS are very low of anything like that happening in the 21st century. Why don't other scientists who recognize the nonsense push back? If they work at a university, it's going to be very uncomfortable for them.

I mean, there's a young geologist who recently left the University of Alabama, actually, before his tenure decision, saying, I don't want to play this game. I know what it takes just to see it here. I don't want to play this game. I'm out. There's a lot of young scientists, PhDs, who would love to work at a university, say, well, which university should I go to or try to go to where they would accept people who do this.

Kind of research and I give them a list of a few places that I know of. I said, but the jobs are very competitive and you're going to have a tough time getting funding. And then people have retired prematurely, like myself, and then a few have stuck it out and they've been able to manage. If they have friends in high places, the ones who speak up are people who are retired, who are in the private sector because universities have become idiots and they punish people who tell the truth. It's pretty ugly.

I felt the hostility when I was at Georgia Tech, and Georgia Tech is by no means the worst place to be in this regard. And I just said, no, I'm not going to do this. I resign. Still not getting why. Push, dubious, extremism personal politics.

They're environmentalists. They want fossil fuels to go away. Anti capitalist, antidemocratic the whole thing. University disease. Well, the whole university disease.

Universities are very liberal places for the most part, and there's a few bastions of sanity. University of Chicago, my alma mater, leads the pack in terms of sanity on all these kinds of issues. So it's not every university, but if you're a state university in a blue know, of course you're going to be doing that. To get paid? No, to get university funding.

The board of trustees. There's all these politics in play in universities that determine standing. If they want big donations for some big climate institute, a new building, a new whatever, they want to toe this party line. If all their donors are of that persuasion, CNN large parts of the world could become uninhabitable. They're quoting climate scientists.

Climate scientists say all sorts of crazy things. First off, the most prestigious journal, publications like Science and Nature, they only send a small fraction of papers out for review. They reject a majority of them before they even go out for peer review. So if you're coming in with a paper that's challenging any part of the consensus, it's not going to even be sent out for review. The editor of the journal Science, she wrote this political rant about we need to stop emissions.

Now that was published in Science and she was the chief editor of the Journal of Science. So what kind of message does that give to the editors? Promote the alarming papers and don't even send the other ones out for review. So you can see how this gatekeeping works. You can always get your paper published somewhere, but it's not going to be in a prestige journal, one that helps you with your career or one that gets publicity or anything like that.

The website the Smog writes, Judith Curry says her consulting company includes petroleum companies. You're doing this for the money. Okay. Back when I was a faculty member at Georgia Tech, I was extremely well paid. My salary was matter of public record well into six figures.

My salary since I've gone private sector rarely even approaches half of what I was receiving from Georgia Tech. So if I was doing this for the money, I would have stayed at Georgia Tech. I can see why other academics don't want to speak out. Joe Rom of Climate Progress. Judith Curry abandoned science.

I think he called me the most debunked climate scientist on the planet. But the really funny thing is, there's a backstory with Joe Rom. Joe Rom just loved the hurricane. My stuff following Hurricane Katrina, joe Rom and I even did a little mini tour in Florida, going around talking to people. I would talk about the problem.

He would talk about the solutions. Joe Rom, if you look back before Climate Gate, he was publicizing me all over the place, even during Climate Gate, when he know what's she doing here, what's she doing here. He even published one of my essays on Climate Gate on his Climate Progress blog. Okay, within about three or four months, the important people sort of told him, okay, we need to abandon Judith Curry and just call her a denier. But up until that point, joe Rom was actually a promoter of mine.

I even wrote a blurb for his i, you know, I reviewed it for him and everything. So we know quasi friend. And then after that, he turned, and I then became the most debunked climate scientist on the planet. So you can see what drives these people. It's not science.

Are you the most debunked climate scientist? I'm probably the most irritating.

The reason they hate me so much is because I criticize them, and I criticize michael Mann calls you a serial climate disinformer, and he called me a denier and a misinformer. I mean, this is how much I had gotten under his skin. I'm the number one enemy in certain circles. Certainly. Michael Mann.

He takes it personally. You told me you had to develop the hide of an know, things were just uncomfortable for me at Georgia Tech. And so I get invites from headhunters all the time to apply for this, that, or the other position. And I started applying for some of these positions. I wanted to be out west, so I was looking at things out west and some pretty big positions, and I got invitations to interview, and I did interview and the headhunters know, wow, you're a great candidate.

You have brilliant ideas on how to move this university forward, and you interview very well, but at the end of the day, nobody will hire you, because if you Google Judith Curry, everything that shows up with Judith Curry, denier, judith Curry serial climate disinformer, all dismoglike. Ten years ago, it was awful. It's not so bad anymore, but ten years ago, if you Googled me, the first hundred things that you would show up would be Judith Curry denier stuff. I was dead in academia at that point. I started making my plans to transition 100% to the private sector and work on my company full time and best thing I ever did in my life.

Why had things become uncomfortable at your school? Well, some of my faculty members were complaining because I criticized the IPCC. I criticized the hockey stick. They were complaining there was a bad situation where one of my faculty members had a relative who was in the higher administration at Georgia Tech who was feeding all this stuff to this person. The provost was very into the narrative of climate alarmism and saw this as a way to get more money to Georgia Tech, and on and on it went.

I was just unpopular with the higher administration for my stand, and when I stepped down as chair, I could see the writing on the wall that I would be marginalized at the university, even just as a regular faculty member. No teaching assignments, small office, never going to get a salary. I could just see the writing on the wall, so I left. I mean, I could have stayed there and sucked up my big salary. I would have made a whole lot more money doing that than from my paltry sums that my clients in the petroleum sector pay me.

I could have made a lot more money at Georgia Tech, but that's not who I am. My personal and professional integrity would not allow me to play that game. Good for you. I'm a lot happier. I'm on top of the world right now.

I'm so glad to be out of all that. Thank you. Judith Curry.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


YHWH Eh, gods? What’cha Gonna Do? – 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the speaker's perspective on religion, spirituality, and consciousness. The speaker identifies as a schizotypical and sigma male, emphasizing their isolation and lack of affiliation with organized religion. They delve into the relationship between mental illnesses, like schizophrenia, and the emission of pheromones that cause discomfort in others. The speaker also explores their spiritual understanding, living in a "vibratory reality" where consciousness is the core element that brings existence into and out of reality at a rapid frequency. They reference their theory called "Wooble," which explains magnetism in a way unaddressed by quantum mechanics or physicists. The speaker has experienced death three times, providing them with unique insights into life, death, and the afterlife. Each death experience has been consistent, affirming their belief that death is not the end but a transition into a different, fear-free reality. The speaker assures that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and timeless joy, though the reality is more complex than it seems.

#Religion #Spirituality #Consciousness #SigmaMale #Schizotypical #MentalIllness #Pheromones #Isolation #VibratoryReality #WoobleTheory #Magnetism #QuantumMechanics #Physicists #Death #Afterlife #Heaven #Joy #Existence #Reality #Understanding #Insights #Life #Transition #FearFree #Timeless #Complex #PersonalExperience #Unique #CoreElement #Frequency #Void #Meditation #Philosophy #SpiritualUnderstanding #OrganizedReligion

Key Takeaways:
  • Speaker identifies as schizotypical and sigma male.
  • Individuals with mental illnesses may emit discomfort-causing pheromones.
  • Speaker believes in a vibratory reality where consciousness is crucial.
  • Wooble Theory offers a unique explanation for magnetism.
  • Speaker has experienced death three times, providing insights into the afterlife.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion. No. I mean, I'm not okay, so I'm not a joiner. Okay, so sigma males, I'm a schizotypical.

So schizotypicals are isolated, okay? Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out. So a lot of mentally ill produce stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off, and it is a pheromone.

And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on, right? So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am a Sigma male, so I'm not a joiner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding.

So I live in the woo. I've always lived in the woo, right? So in my world, I go by that old and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I call the Wooble.

And this Wooble explains magnetism at a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism. And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself, okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything. Vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators call the void.

And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void, and I know it exists. And this void is a space where there is nonexistence. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak.

And that one thing is consciousness. So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exists in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay?

So I know I live in that consciousness. So for me, I have never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call him, exists. I think that's cool.

Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way, much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life. In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018, when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM. By 5 CM.

By 4 CM, it had blocked my intestine, and I had lost 50 pounds in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying. And so I've had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die. And so I have confirmation that death is not the end.

Right? And is it better that the world that we go to do after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better. How do you define better?

And so on. It is different. There is no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it, and it's different. It is simply part of what we're doing.

And so, in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death. For most people, that is the case.

Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and an absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist, but it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness – 03-25-2022

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses the concept of "wu" and its implications on understanding reality, consciousness, and human experience. "Wu" is described as an indescribable aspect of reality, closely related to the Tao, representing things not present to our senses or obscured from our minds. It is suggested that "wu" encompasses everything hidden or denied in our consciousness, and it's something that powers try to obscure from individuals. The discussion also touches on the idea that there are only two models proposed for the universe: quantum mechanics and the ether, with the latter being favored in the conversation. The ether is described as supporting consciousness, which in turn supports the material world where matter exists. The concept of "wu" is said to be right beyond the universe, which is defined as the sum total of every human's experience throughout history. The text also explores the idea of reincarnation and the equality of all human experiences in contributing to the universe.

The conversation further delves into the understanding of language, emotions, and thoughts. It is suggested that emotions drive language and thoughts, with the speaker noting the importance of using appropriate words and the power of language. The speaker also shares their enlightenment experience, highlighting the significance of proper naming and the power of thoughts. The discussion suggests that thoughts are dangerous as they can influence and change social orders, emphasizing the need for societies to examine and accept new thoughts carefully. The text also mentions the breakdown of social orders due to the intrusion of "wu" and the crumbling of frameworks built on lies. This breakdown is said to lead to a dangerous period where individuals without perceptual anchors might gravitate towards any leadership, good or bad. The conversation ends with reflections on current events, suggesting that there is a shift in the social order and media's stance towards political figures, with individuals within the media and politics being investigated.

#Woo #Tao #Consciousness #Reality #Universe #Ether #QuantumMechanics #MaterialWorld #Reincarnation #HumanExperience #Language #Emotions #Thoughts #Enlightenment #SocialOrder #Leadership #PerceptualAnchors #Investigation #Media #Politics #Shift #Change #Breakdown #Framework #Discovery #Senses #Obscured #Hidden #Power #Authority #Knowledge #Understanding #Perception #Experience #History

Key Takeaways:
  • "Wu" is an indescribable aspect of reality, akin to the Tao.
  • Wu represents things not present to senses or obscured from consciousness.
  • Two models for the universe are discussed: quantum mechanics and the ether.
  • The ether supports consciousness, which in turn supports the material world.
  • Human experience contributes equally to the universe, regardless of its duration or impact.
  • Emotions drive language and thoughts.
  • Thoughts are powerful and can influence and change social orders.
  • There's a noted breakdown in social orders due to the intrusion of "wu".
Predictions:
  • The breakdown of social orders due to the intrusion of "wu" will lead to a dangerous period where individuals might gravitate towards any leadership, whether good or bad.
  • There is a shift in the social order and media's stance towards political figures, with individuals within the media and politics being investigated.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Hi, Cliff. Welcome back to the program. Thank you very much. I'm very happy to be here, especially at this time. Oh, I'm so excited to have you back.

I have been binging on your shows, and it's been like I told you in the email, it's been therapeutic for me because you're looking at things from a big picture. Because if I look at trees, I get anxious. But if I can look at the bigger picture, that's what I need to have sanity. So you've been kind of providing that for me. So I thank you for that.

But let's get into it. First of all, what the heck is wu? People want to know what is because all your shows are based on wu. So what is that? Okay, so we can look at it a number of ways.

It is not simply an idea. It is an attempt to describe something that exists in our reality that is almost indescribable. So it is very close to the Tao, and I think the Tao actually is part of the Wu. It is a small part that they identified. But the Tao or the Wu is everything that is not present to our senses.

Those things we deny in our minds, those things that are hidden by our minds, those things that are hidden by our senses, those things that others would hide through obscuring our thinking. Okay, so anything that the powers that be want to obscure from you is woo. The fact that they are obscuring it from you is woo. Right? We live in woo.

Now, that's one way to look at it as sort of this abstract, sort of quasimorphous vague kind of a thing. There's other ways to look at it. There has only been two models ever proposed for universe. One is quantum mechanics, which I believe is flawed. And the other is the ether.

The ether predates quantum mechanics and actually has atomism and quantum mechanics as a small subset of it. Sure. And that etheric perspective dates back thousands of years. Right. And that perspective says there is consciousness, and unconsciousness is supported the ether by consciousness.

Now, you can call consciousness God, Allah, anything you want, but as far as we're concerned in this discussion, it is actually consciousness. Right. And so consciousness supports the ether. On the ether is the field. Within the field is the materium, this place where matter exists, our bodies are and in which all of universe is.

And wu is right on the other side of universe, and universe is described. It is delineated as the sum total of every human's experience in life. Is that all through history? All through history, all in perpetuity. And so universe is described that way.

So universe does not include the thinking of aliens unless it intrudes on the thinking of humans. So universe we describe here is precisely from a human perspective. Okay? But it is a remarkable concept because it means that all humans are equal whether you live two minutes and die, or whether you live 100 years and contribute and die. All human experience is equal because it is the sum total of all of our experience over time that makes up universe.

Bearing in mind. As a wu person, I know I'm reincarnated, so I will throw many, many lives into the sum total of universe. And so every person's experience, every person's suffering, joys, et cetera, are equal in their contribution to universe. Very nice, right? This is a very even playing field.

And so it is universe and wu are like, right there. Okay? So universe runs up to wu, and we subsist in wu. Other people have created a framework, a narrative that they present to us as reality that is not wu, that is constructed. And it's trying to block out all of the Woo that would otherwise inform our decisions.

So as a wu person, I can go into a room and I recognize that I am a sigma male. As a sigma male, I have sensory apparatus. I have energy bodies that extend out many, many feet, and I can tell instantly if there is another male in that room or female that threatens me. I can also tell as a woo person that that person is lying without hearing their words because of how they look, the aura around them, and the intent. Feel.

It correct. It is a perception. Feeling is a weird word, okay? I hate to use it because we have three minds. We have a body mind.

And you know your body mind when you hit a hammer on your toe because all of your consciousness rushes right to that toe, that's body mind, okay? Desire mind is obviously desire mind. Then we have feeling mind. Feeling mind is not emotions. Feeling mind is sensory perception.

Women have an exquisite perceptibility of feeling. Men have an exquisite perceptibility of desire, all right? And that's why we complement. Now, feeling is many times confused with the more gross form of sensory perception. So I just don't like using the word.

But you are correct. They bastardize the word into being something that is irrational versus just part of our being. And that's correct. And so many years ago, on the path into this work, when I was getting ready to start to get the idea for the algorithm, I went through an Enlightenment experience, which was the blinding white flash. Seeing your universal body, total loss of time, you're just drenched in sweat, and this stuff just oozes out of you, and you don't know what's going on.

And subsequent to that, I've had a very difficult time using or accepting inappropriate words applied to things. And so it is true, and I've run across this before that one of the first things that happens to people after they have an enlightenment experience is that they must use the proper names for things. It's just you have to do it right. You just cannot help yourself. And so language matters in a way that is really crucial.

And as the person I am as a linguist, because I've made my living for 30 plus years, 40 years, as a linguist with computers or with humans. And as a linguist, I'm very pleased now because we've reached the tipping point and the lies are starting to fall off, and we will get into 2780 years of knowledge. And in that course of that knowledge, we will discover our own true human history, the much more of the history of universe than that has been heard from us. But beyond all of that, the single greatest thing is that we will have a tendency to concentrate on perfecting communication for accuracy. Interesting.

Yeah, because I know that when I did a lot of data modeling back in the day, where I managed kind of broad computer systems right. And for telecommunications, and one of the big stumbling blocks was everybody had a different definition for a single word, and you had to get to a common definition on a word before you could actually design it properly. Correct? Yeah. And I learned that even basic words and so much of our arguing and so much of our confusion is because we disagree on basic words and the meanings.

It's the ambiguity. And it is actually not a mental thing. Okay? I've studied this for years and years. It is an emotional thing.

It strikes us when we go into puberty. And what happens to us is that we get into puberty and our parents are just so lame. They're just such numb nuts. They are language. I know.

And their language just does not suit us. And so I have this emotion and no, their word does not make sense for my emotion. So I have a word, and then I attach my emotion to that. And I'm slanging, right? And so slang is something that comes up with children.

They have a brief burst of it from, say, age three to five or six. It'll fade off for a couple of years once they start getting socialized. Then they have group slanging, say from eight to eleven, and then they start getting into puberty, and it gets really serious because they have that emotional impact to put to those words. So they actually will take old words or create new words, and they will attach emotional meaning to it. And this is the disconnect with old people, because old people will hear these sounds, but they have no way of knowing what is the emotional attachment to that sound.

So you can come on up and have some guy say, no, you can't SAS me. I can't have you SAS me. And you say what?

You see the point. You have no way of knowing a connection there. And so it is the ambiguity of language, but it is driven by our emotions. Now, I actually found a way around it in doing my predictive linguistics by not concentrating on the definition, the definition of the word, I started going to words as descriptors. So words were within descriptors of human emotion.

Once you start looking at it that way, then you find that, yes, languages are related graphically and phonetically and evolutionarily. But across languages, throughout all human culture, you can find that every language will have a cluster of words that will represent this class of emotions, another cluster that represents this class of emotions. So if you were to go to Pilcheck's Wheel of Emotion, he was a sociologist out of I think he's Polish, but out of, like, the 70s or eighty s, and he put together this thing of a wheel of emotions. I altered it for my own purpose and used that as the basis for my emotional reduction engine. But you can lay out all of the emotions that humans can have, and then you can start describing them in detail.

And you will then be able to, once you've got that descriptor support for each of the emotions, you can take those words in your language, and you will find correspondence in other languages. And so you can translate words emotionally rather than through meaning. And that's how you get at the stuff that I get at. Makes sense. Well, yeah.

And is it all thought or all emotional? Or is it kind of thoughts, too? Or is a thought an emotion? Okay, so we do not have thoughts absent emotion. We do not have movement absent emotion.

Now, here's how the body okay, so we have a desire mind and a feeling mind that are normally pretty well joined, right? And then we have a body mind that just sort of hangs out there, and occasionally they all fuse. But in our feeling and desire from which our emotions emerge, those are body prompts. And so the body mind is actually the driver of everything. And so, absent an emotion, I won't get up out of this chair, or I won't make my mouth move and talk to you, right?

Okay. I have to have an emotive nature. Now, humans are matter. We're coarse condensates of energy that is clustered together into a subsection of the field controlled by a subsection of consciousness. So my subsection of consciousness is controlling this subsection of the field in which my body is.

And that matter is being moved by what we can call prana ki chi spirit, whatever anime, whatever you want to put word put on it. But it is that energy that comes from consciousness that puts us together here and makes that matter move. But that energy responds to the matter in a feedback loop. And that's what causes emotions, because emotions are chemical. They're biochemical, but at some point, they translate into the abstraction, which is not an abstraction, but it is a permutation of consciousness that we call thought.

And so thought is dangerous, as the ancients would tell you, someone wandering in from a foreign land that had weird thoughts was put to death because thoughts could pollute the social order. Right. Thoughts are powerful, much more powerful, because it's energy coming into the matter as opposed to energy coming from the matter outward. And so the thoughts that come into you are really dangerous, especially if you do not have a society structured to examine and then decide to accept new thoughts. Right.

And that's what we're dealing with right now. That phenomena is the core because they're trying to keep those new thoughts out and we're trying to bring those new thoughts in, or we're trying to put those thoughts out. I mean, I don't know how that both. It's simultaneous. It can't be one without the other.

You must do that. Right. And so this is why I always follow this thing called first principles thinking, in which you get a real solid chunk of something that you can hang on to in terms of your thinking, and you build on it from there. And you can take these first principles thinking efforts all in huge levels. I mean, fantastic amounts of this.

This kind of like a framework. Exactly. It's a computer framework, in a sense, for your own thinking. And the beauty of it is that if you discover you've made a mistake, you can simply backtrack to the point that the error crept into your thinking, pick up from there and correct, and you don't have to go all the way back. So as a thinker, I don't have to abandon all of my core principles when one of them is proved to be wrong in the changing circumstances.

As a first principles thinker, I recognize that I live here where materium is is the place of change. You reset up your framework, and I always see it as a cloud. I have a framework. And then outside that framework is this big cloud myth. And that cloud kind of dissipates.

Yeah. Yes. Okay, so there you go. The thinking is where you have gelled a certain part of the Woo that you feel comfortable with. This is your little bit of Woo soup that you feel comfortable with.

On the outside of that is the Woo that is out there. And that's unknown Woo is all about discovery. And discovery only lasts as long as it lasts because you can discover something and then almost immediately discover something that invalidates what you just discovered. Discovery is not meaning that it is truth or that is valid or perpetual or worth looking at. It just means that you found it, you can analyze it, and then you can go on from there.

So this is the weird part for everybody now. So our social order is breaking down. The reason it is breaking down is because the Woo is intruding through the framework. Because the framework was built of lies, and initially it had been built solid, and then eventually all the wood in the framework rotted. And it was placed with this earsats paper and paper machete.

It was like tofu construction in China where it's not really cement. You're not really sure what that stuff is, but it's crumbling underneath you anyway. And so we're at that point where the framework had been eroded by all of the lies and now the lies can't stitch it together anymore. There's no there and so they are crumbling. We have reached a point in these last couple of days where I'm saying that it was in the last 12 hours, but it was probably in the last couple of days for sure, in which the overwool will totally smash the framework and it'll just go floating about and drift off and we're going to have to clean it up.

And the normies, the normal population is now going to be put into this position of having no perceptual anchors. And so this is going to be a very dangerous period of time. I do not think it will be turned the way that the same period 100 years ago was turned and they made Germany into the Nazi state. I think that, in fact, those people that made Germany into the Nazi state and got us into the war the Prescott Bushes that were financing Germany from the United States and the complicit senators and all of that all of those kind of people, I think, are in the process of being thrown out of the social order out of participating in the social order as a direct result of our entering into the age of Aquarius. And I'm taking as the entry point December 20 eigth when we had this grand conjunction and all the planets moved over onto the same side of the cone that we follow in behind the sun.

And so all of our energies, all of our mass, everything was concentrated in this one area. And so it changed everything. That was the real tipping point. We small humans are just now experiencing the tipping point created by Saturn and Jupiter, right? That kind of thing.

And so our world is upending and the poor normies are being cast adrift. The problem at this point is that without leadership, the normies will gravitate to any leadership, good or bad. Right? But the good part is that the overwoo is showing the perpetrators of the lie, the builders of the false framework for who they are. And we're seeing evidence of that now.

Look at how the mainstream media has turned on Biden, okay? It's not just that he screwed up, right. There was another subtle twist in there. If you listen to the language that the individual people are using when they're out there getting on his case where know, Biden could do no wrong, right. The words they're using are betraying a level of personal fear.

They sniff the change in the wind. They know that the social order has changed and that they know that the devolution is in progress, that the Biden and all of those people that put him into power are on their way out. And the media fear the retribution that is coming to them. They're trying to save their butt is what they're trying to do. Many of them will hang.

I hope so. Well, look at this. Look at the people don't understand how well okay, so most individuals don't have first principles thinking and working for them. And so they won't examine an idea really thoroughly. They'll just get a hint of it the headline issue, right?

And so a headline is, Durham is investigating Russiagate. And so he's investigating and you read and he's investigating some political guys that probably put together this devious thing to get at their political enemy, one Donald Trump. And so Durham's investigating this, but people just don't quite understand that when they say he's investigating the Russia gate, that the media are culpable. Individuals within the media are culpable, and they will go down for it. They are being investigated as well as the political people that they had all those ties to.

And I'm of the opinion that within the last few days, an idea dawned. Piece of information was handed out because there are certain individuals that are really scrambling now, and they've totally changed their language. They've gone into CYA mode, and it will get a lot worse. This is a very predictable milestone in a progression that, once begun, can't be stopped. And we're in it already, so it won't be stopped.

So this is truly a fantastic time because for the Woo guys, right, because my whole thing was I'm glad I'm alive now because I have skills that will be able to aid me in poring through the Woo, searching for our true human history and the history of this planet. This information will be coming out now that the framework, the paradigm is falling away because that paradigm not only directed our attention over here and held it within this box, it was deliberately set up to obscure from us stuff that's out there in the Woo that's direct to us. So I'm fascinated about all the stuff that's hidden from us, about Antarctica, and I'm fascinated about all the stuff under the bottom of the ocean that's hidden and so on and all of this kind of stuff. And Tartaria, Tartaria, how could there be a huge empire just a few hundred years ago, according to the maths and stuff, and it not have relevance to us today. Something is really OD there, and I've heard multiple things on it, and I'm not sure if I believe some of the things that are coming out on it.

They were purposely hidden tateria because they corrupted it and wanted to keep it. I heard some weird things. I kind of think they're doing what they're doing to us right now. Like they destroyed that empire and then they covered it up, kind of like what I think they're trying to do what they did to Tateria, to us, and maybe I'm wrong. That's just a gut I have.

I have no proof. This is the thing, okay? So in the Wu, you don't have a whole lot of solid stuff to stand on, okay? And you're going to run into lots of interpretations that are inaccurate because of that. So you have to say, okay, there's evidence, and that's this building, that's this old map, here's some documentation, then there's everybody's opinions on that evidence and all their conclusions.

So if it sounds like a conclusion, I'm throwing it away at this stage, and I'm just looking at the evidence. What I like to do is say, okay, we've got buildings. We've got buildings that are covered in mud. We've got some old map fragments. Now, is there anything else out in our current society life now that would support that?

And so I go out, I look around, and curiously, or expectedly, there is, okay, so we have the empire of Tartaria. And do we have remnants of that empire in the peoples? Yes, we do, because we have the Tartars. We have the Caucus peoples, and the Tartars and the Caucus peoples had a particular history, okay? And so what is revealed if you go deep enough into the Tartars and the Caucus peoples, also called the Cossacks, okay, if you look into that, you're not supposed to talk about the Cossacks.

It was done away with in the Bolshevik Revolution. Why was this? Because if you concentrate on the Cossacks, you find out that the last or that the officialdom of the area, which was the Russian SARS, used the Cossacks to do what? Destroy the last of the giants?

Yeah, they destroyed the giants. I heard that.

Okay, so now if you go back to pre Russian Revolution and you root around in the documentation and stuff, you will find descriptions and drawings, because it was back into the 18 I want to say 1880s or 1890s, you will find drawings of Cossacks bringing caged giants to the Tsar. Isn't that crazy? There's newspaper clippings from here with giants and bones and things, right? And actually, here's something else. I had a relative in the Depression that was working, got his job through a casual association with somebody that was a freemason, and he made a dollar a day going out in terrible conditions and heaving giant sacks of bones, huge sacks of bones, off into the ocean, out of ships off the coast of California.

And these were the bones of giants. These sacks would have one or two femur bones in them, and it would take eight and ten people to lift them up and heave them over the side. And that's all they did all day long, was to heave this stuff over the side into the ocean, because this was found in California, and as the Mason said, it could not be there. So now, was Tateria a brutal regime, or was it? Just go ahead.

So I go and I look into what I know of in the way of records from the Byzantine Empire. Okay? Because the Byzantine Empire rubbed shoulders throughout the entire period of time for like, 1140 years. So they were the longest lived modern day empire around. And their records would seem to indicate that Tartaria was a remnant when they were growing up, so to speak.

All right? So the records that we have about Tartaria are, as an empire, are so minuscule and probably so deliberately destroyed and hidden that we have no real way of knowing what was going on there. We have to assume that their ethos is not ours. Just like in Justinian's time or any of these other times. They don't have the same kind of ethos as ours.

So to apply the word of brutal would be a conclusion. Right? We don't know. But we do know they were extensive. They were rich, they were into some serious mining.

They had some interesting building techniques that they got from somebody else. Because there was no sign of evolution of these techniques. It just suddenly started in their construction. We know that there's social order people that have a remnant of a Tartarian history just the way that we have Chinese now that are, in essence, the remnant of ancient Chinese empires. Right?

We have the Mesoamericans, the Mexicans are the remnants of the ancient Aztec Empire. That sort of a thing. So there is evidence for it. Why it should be obscured is a very interesting question indeed. Well, and is that why there's the Dark Ages or the Middle Ages is because there's something behind that.

There is more there. Go ahead. Right. That's the anatoly Fomenko. Okay, so there's this Russian guy.

This Russian guy is very educated. He's a mathematician. And he says, shit don't make can't. Shit just does not make sense in history. And so he set about this huge effort and lots of people came to him and they've been building on it.

It's an international effort. And they have discovered that if you were to look at King Lists, right, who inherited the country from who and was the king for how long and so on, there are duplicates of King Lists. Names are almost even the same. And so 1200 years of history and all these kings here is basically repeated here for the next section. So he thinks the Middle Ages did not exist.

And he has evidence to prove that the people we think of as running around in the little, like, from Hollywood, the funny little Roman skirts and stuff, the gladiators with their short swords and the little skirts and their tunics and stuff didn't happen. Okay? If you actually look at the representation of most of the Roman Empire, they were dressed in what we think of as medieval garb. Okay? So this 800 years, 900 years of history doesn't exist.

It was put in there. The reason it was put in there is because of this weird thing about humans we don't want someone else to have a one up on us. And so this Anatoly Fomenko and he's a brilliant researcher and I'm going to just encapsulate his conclusion into one kind of pithy little saying. And that is that one day a white guy ran into some Chinese fellows and the Chinese fellows said our empire is 6000 years old. And the white guy said, well, yeah.

And he says, well, my empire is 7000 years old. And neither one of them were factual, right? And so at some point it became sort of quasi official braggadatio and they just had to backfill the support. And they did that through the Jesuits. And the Jesuits have a history of altering history, okay?

We know that they are the ones that have been altering history for the Catholic Church for generations. And they have multiple accounts of history and they keep them all separate so they can build on them and they usually don't get too trashed up in it. So we know from Anatoly's work that this particular group of Jesuits in this particular time constructed 800 years of history which did not exist. And that's why we have the Dark Ages where there's no real there there. And that's why it doesn't line up with what was happening in Mesoamerica.

That's why we don't have the one to one. We don't have an accurate correspondence to Columbus coming here to North America and what he discovered here. Because all of our history has been lies. Yes. Right.

So did you know that the Chinese were on the West Coast when Columbus was in Hispaniola? No. Right. Chinese have been coming to California perhaps for one 5000 hundred years, intermittently. The only reason they never colonized the United States or what we think of as North America was because they were grossly out.

It's a huge distance to come. The Chinese are not logistically good sailors. They only had one giant expedition of exploration ever. And since then it was just little ones. And the fact that we had 60 million people living in the continent at that time and it was pretty developed.

They had developed cities, they had all sorts of stuff. Well, here's the thing no, they didn't. Okay, well, there were some cities. Well, that's what I heard. I mean, maybe that's bad information.

We have to be careful about that. Because here's the thing about the North American population. These individuals, for whatever reason and you can put on many different kinds of reasons they're not technologically bent, right? So they just don't go there. Africans are that way to some extent.

The Hindus are that way. They're very inventive and so on and into technology now. But in their ancient history or not ancient history, but I mean, in the modern ancient history of a few thousand years ago they were not. Really out there crafting new inventions, the way that we see in Europe and so on. They weren't driven by the extremes of environment that cause you to have to alter your environment in order to survive.

That's what makes you really an inventive person. So the people in North America didn't have the wheel. They had invented the wheel, but they'd never applied it to anything other than toys. So they didn't have chariots. They didn't have so you see the North American Indians pulling with their horses, pulling people on basically two sticks with some blankets through it, bouncing across all this stuff.

They didn't have wheels. They didn't build roads. They were not that oriented that way. That was not their relationship with living with the planet. And so they see that in us as a negative.

Right, because our relationship of living with the planet degrades the planet in their view, because we build roads, we cut down trees and so on. For instance, the natives around here at that time would go on out and only harvest what they needed out of a cedar tree in a particular way. And so in order to leave that tree to grow, so they would take a particular section of bark, cut out some of the wood, they would pack it back in, and then they'd put the bark around it, and the tree would recover. Same thing with the spruce and some of the others. So they had that kind of a relationship with the planet that did not make them technological.

So the cities and so forth that were here, which I grant you, there may be some evidence of that, because there is evidence of vast civilizations were inherited by these people, not created by them. Okay, well, that could have happened. And there's some facts that maybe Tartarians created it because some of the same architecture that they use. Yes, and screw the architecture, because that is really an aesthetic which can be copied. Sure, yeah.

But look to the actual building techniques. Well, that's maybe more yeah, more pertinent. Okay. But so there is that. And there's weirdnesses about North America.

We see in the journals of the original Founding Fathers where they came here in their first weeks and stuff. Here they said, this land has shown evidence to us daily of having been through a great catastrophe. And they also mentioned the giant bones they found and the big graveyards and no people and how the natives told them that the giants used to eat humans and all of this kind of stuff. Thomas Jefferson writing about this sort of thing. Right.

And so we see those kind of weirdnesses. We also find in small boat journals going back hundreds of years, we find that the whole Mississippi Delta, the area of Louisiana, all the way up through the Mississippi into the Missouri conjunction, was riddled with okay, that looked like Egyptian stell that were not wood. They were stone. They were foresighted. They had the pyramid top, and they had four faces, and they had, I think, two or three languages that were describing something that we didn't know what it was.

They turned out to be navigation markers. So I know of a journal, and I've got it around here somewhere in one of my many boxes of books. This journal has an article in it in which this guy is describing his great uncle's or great grandfather's sea captain's journal, where this guy was paid by what was going to be later the Smithsonian to go. And this would have been in the 1790s and through the 1820s. So for over 30 years, this guy made a living with his boat and his crew and wrote in his journal, and then this article was written about it, and he was paid to go and remove these stell from the collect them and put them in his boat, haul them back to Washington, DC.

From the Delta area of the Mississippi. And these stell were, by the way, one of the languages was Hertic, which is a form of Egyptian so. Why do you mean so? They made an effort to hide the history of North America, the true history of North America. I think the history of Antarctica is somehow tied to the history of North America.

And maybe I'm wrong, but something happened. And I also think Tateria is connected to all this stuff as mean because Antarctica has pyramids. And you're the one that told me this pyramids that are so huge they have doors for giants, which is probably this giant race that got or somebody else. Yes, somebody else from somewhere or whatever, or maybe it was spaceships wanted to fly in. Who knows, right?

But since then, it's come out through the Google Earth and through all of these researchers that go and risks snowblindness. Looking at satellite photos of Antarctica, they found tons of stuff, including things that are like 20 story spires or like a 20 story needle apartment building kind of a thing sticking up out of the ice. And if you go to some of these other channels, like Bruce Seesall and Mars Anomalies, there's guys there that have contacts with people that have been to Antarctica, that have provided them with pictures of stuff that in the distance. Those are not mountains. Those are human creations, or somebody created these structures, and we think of them as a mountain.

And you can clearly see that it is not that. It's some kind of an artificial thing that had been built. And so Antarctica is truly amazing because in the 1970s, there was military expeditions that were run by the US army. And within the US. Army there was a subsection that had to do the work, and that was a subsection section of the infantry.

And my father was an officer in the US army infantry, and he was at one point, given these four eight millimeter movies 435 millimeter movies. They were on small little reels, though. And all we had at that time was an eight millimeter home movie camera kind of thing. And my dad had to go rent a projector and so on to show them to us. And I watched them maybe three or four times when I was a kid.

I was probably sorry it wasn't the 70s, it was in the 50s. Sorry, I was going to say the 70s. Wow, there's more expeditions. Okay, no, that makes sense. But I saw it in the 60s.

We watched those movies in 1968 in Virginia, and in those movies there was one long one and three small ones, and in one of them, the guy was saying actually had sound with him, and they had professional Army PR guys that were as the anchor or the describer or whatever you want to say, the personality. And he was taking him through and off in the distance, you see this giant black mountain, and you see these little trucks and stuff down at the base of it. There's no snow anywhere, anywhere in these films, by the way, in this one particular film. And he says, oh, yeah, look at this. And he holds up this lump of coal, this lump we don't know what it is.

It's very round, it's very shaped, it's not irregular, it's very black. And he says, this is the hardest cleanest burning anthrocyte that can be found, according to the scientist. He gives off a bunch of statistics about it, and then he says that's what that mountain is made out of, just sitting there. All you have to do is scoop it up and take it. You don't have to mine it.

So there is a conical shaped mountain of coal sitting in Antarctica. And the guy says in this movie, he says, this was in the 50s, so our population was smaller. And he said Scientist so and so estimates that there's enough coal in that one mountain to supply all of the United States's energy needs for the next 200 years. Wow. Okay, so I've seen some clips of Antarctica where people are swimming in hot baths, and there's so much more there.

And when they had all the world leaders, a bunch of world leaders went down there right about the time that Trump won. It was like they all met. It's almost like it's a headquarters for something. Exactly. And that was part of is the this is the weird, terrible thing we're at right now.

Okay? So all of the world is living in Devolution. So we've had an evolutionary process relative to government that's gone on for all of my life. It's getting bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger and growing and morphing and so on. Now we're coming into Devolution.

So all of government is going to disappear over these next 18 or 20 years, and we'll keep what we need and throw away the rest. This is happening because of the nature of that government is inimicable to humans. In my opinion, it is easiest to just simply categorize it as being run by the mantids. And it is my opinion that there is a being, a thing that is giving instructions, and people go to Antarctica to receive instructions and to have their minds altered. Okay?

And so these people go there specifically for that purpose. They went there after around the Trump time, once he came into power, because Trump was a pivotal wedge that disrupted the evolutionary growth of the government up to its ultimate end, which would have happened by 2024. So, okay, was a spoiler. He was a disruptor, disruptive influence. Right.

A change agent is how we refer to it socially. Someone had selected Trump to be the agent of change that was necessary. That change was coincident with our moving into the Aquarian Age. I believe that was planned. I believe that what we're experiencing now would not have happened two years ago would not have happened five years ago because of the energies of that time that it had to happen now, and that the planners were astute.

Enough to coincide to sync up their efforts with the slide into the Age of Aquarius because of the energy that it provides all of humanity as well as their efforts. And so when they went down, so when Trump becomes president, that totally came out of the blue. It disrupted it. They had cheated so well, they knew they were going to win, just like they've been cheating since 2004 and so on with these machines. Right.

There's evidence of this. People have been discovering this evidence and they have set these plans in motion to create a state of devolution. In devolution. The idea is that we will dissolve away functionality from those that we wish to isolate. And so we basically dissolved the government away, leaving Biden and the other puppets up there and fully exposing the people that pull the puppet strings.

And therefore the mass of the people of the country, of the world can look up and see how they've been manipulated and then they won't go along with it anymore. So this is a particular kind of a magic technique. This is a demystifying magic technique where I was going to say, don't you think they did it to themselves with this vaccine? Because suddenly people are going to say, no, this is so much bigger than that. That is simply really because with people dying in mass, it's going to be I know there's all these other things, but people have to go, screw you, we got to figure this out.

Correct. And they will be doing that, and many people will stop at that level and exist at that level. But the woo is deep and is ancient. There's stuff floating out there that we need to examine that's going to be floating up at us here. So that is just an aspect, not even really a dominating aspect.

Okay. This is a war. You can characterize it as a spiritual war. You can characterize it as a war against good and evil. You can characterize it as a war to liberate humanity from the globalists.

You can also, in my mind, characterize it as a war to liberate humanity from alien influences. The beings that they think are Satanic, the ones that they're taking direction from, that they think is their God. Correct. Okay. I think they've been duped by these other beings or some other bad guy and they think it's God.

No. Okay, so I don't think that these beings are consciousness. These beings are not the creators of the universe. No. Okay, go ahead.

Okay. And the globalists, but the globalists believe these beings. They may indeed some of the globalists may be so naive and stupid as to believe these beings to be the creators of universe. Right? But the others, I think, are just Lucifer, right?

And they're sympathetically vibrating to what these beings are able to enhance. Okay, so here's the way of our planet. If you have an idea that is set in your mind and you set that idea hard enough and put all of your life force behind it, you can manifest that idea. It doesn't matter what it is. It may only be able to be supported by universe because it's so weird and twisted for a brief minute, but you could do it, right?

On the other hand, if you were to try and manifest something that was harmonious to universe, you're going to get a lot more support from universe in doing that. But it is the putting that thought into the matter, the condensate energy that makes it actually happen and manifest. Now this is because we are energy. We are vibrating energy just sitting here quivering. Our quivering is in sync, patient is in sync with the universe.

And that quivering powers our pulse, our thoughts, our sweat, the chemical reactions in our body, everything, our emotions, all of that is all energy. It's all frequency. These beings have the ability to see us with senses that we do not have. These senses that they have allow them to see in through our flesh, to see in through the barriers to our eyes. Because we only see that that is reflected.

We can only see reflected light. These beings can see origination of light. They see the biophotonic in us. So they can see our various millions of vibrations that are in us that cord together to form our energy bodies. And we have some people that can do that, like Sherry Edwards or can hear hundreds of times better or I mean, there's people that are able to do that.

Go ahead. As a result of my enlightenment experience, I see auras. It's just a pain in the fucking ass because I get emotional impacts from auras. It's great. If I'm in an Aikido, dojo I'm very good at that because I can see the aura which is ahead of the thought.

I can react without having to have a thought because I'm reacting my aura to them. So I'm very powerful and very fast. Right. Because there's no thought involved. I haven't been able to eliminate that process.

But yes, we have people that can do that, but these beings have one more beyond that. Yeah, they have other capabilities. Okay. There's one other one that is key and that is resonance. Okay?

So if we were to take a clock and it's got a pendulum, and you put it on a wall and you put another clock with a pendulum on the wall and you set it to a different set of stroke, at some point they will become resonant and they will both be penduluming. They will both be swinging at the same rate. These beings have the ability to push through your energy bodies with their key, with their life force and push on your energies until they set up a vibratory resonance that then they can draw you into them to the thoughts and the grosser forms of it all, the negative kind of ugly. It's easy to see. Right.

Okay. So it's easy for them to see that in individuals, to see that negative force and it's easy for them to manipulate. That's why all of the sociopaths, the psychopaths and the pedophiles are their victims, so to speak. Right. And so vampires, energy vampires don't go after regular people.

I'm impervious to it. Right, you're impervious to it. They can't really do this kind of stuff to us. They freak us out and so on, but they're not going to be able to energetically motivate us the way that they do these other humans. And they have put those other humans through their manipulation over the course of centuries into positions of power to generate this point where we are at now.

And they're in the process. They have basically been running for a couple of thousand years a human farm and they're harvesting. So the ones who are dying have been diluted to taking the shot by the psychopaths that have been had that resonance. So these beings through the psychopaths, through resonating, all the psychopaths all around the planet, look at how it's all global Chinese, everybody, all the governments are out trying to vacci people. All the governments are controlled and they're all resonating on this same pulse.

And that pulse, even though it goes through the government has still been sufficiently strong enough to get billion or more people vaccinated or dead through the clot shot. And that's how it works. Yeah. And the thing that is so disturbing is so much of our family and our loved ones were duped into it. Right.

So we are in a situation. That's why I know you've said this is going to be a very dark time. I am just convinced that there are some positive things we can do to keep them from getting sick and to reverse it for not everybody, but for small groups because not everybody's even going to listen to us. But there is a way to do some there's hope, I think, but not without hope. Yeah, I think there's hope, but I think it's so disturbing because when we are talking about massive and I think that's part of now, do you think that the saline solution or the placebo was given to some of these bad guys?

Because why would they kill off they're not going to kill off their own troops. Well, first off, the beings that are organizing it don't care.

Do.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Personal Discipline – 10-04-2023: 2 Cents on the Dollar: True Earnings

Personal Discipline - 10-04-2023: 2 Cents on the Dollar: True Earnings

Personal Discipline - 10-04-2023: 2 Cents on the Dollar: True Earnings

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the perceived devaluation of labor, where individuals effectively work for a fraction of their nominal earnings due to the diminished purchasing power of money. This situation is likened to working for two cents on the dollar, referencing the economic conditions in 1913. The author suggests that this economic disparity is part of a broader social order issue, not only in the United States but globally, influenced by entities like the Khazarian Mafia and central banks.

The Khazarian Mafia is depicted as a powerful and malevolent group aiming to control global dynamics, including promoting Hollywood and engaging in money laundering schemes in Ukraine. The author expresses frustration over the perceived theft of wealth from the working class, which is funneled to the super-wealthy individuals and entities behind central banking systems. This economic structure is seen as a mechanism for these entities to accumulate wealth at the expense of ordinary workers.

The document also delves into personal discipline and responsibility, highlighting the importance of being aware of the economic and social conditions individuals are subjected to. It suggests that the public is being misled regarding the true value of money and the economic system, leading to the enrichment of a select few at the expense of the many.

Furthermore, the text explores the author's near-death experience and the insights gained from it, emphasizing a newfound sensitivity and appreciation for emotions. This experience is described as transformative, leading to a deeper understanding and valuation of life and emotions.

The author also discusses the impending "shift of the ages," a significant transformation expected to occur in the Age of Aquarius. This shift is believed to bring about the end of the Khazarian Mafia and other old structures that cannot exist in the new age. Humanity is depicted as being engaged in a larger war, with various conspiracies and hidden truths expected to emerge during this period of change.

The document mentions the concept of "hypernovelty," a state where individuals start questioning their understanding of reality and the world, leading to a sense of instability and disturbance. This state is expected to affect many people, with some responding positively due to their readiness for change.

The text also hints at upcoming events that will significantly impact humanity, with multiple incidents occurring over a few weeks that will collectively be perceived as a single transformative event. These events are expected to awaken large segments of the population, leading to increased awareness and questioning of the status quo.

Finally, the document touches on various conspiracies, including chemtrails, which are believed to be part of a larger war humanity is engaged in. The author suggests that these conspiracies, while significant, will be minor aspects of the broader conflict and transformation humanity will undergo.

#EconomicDisparity #KhazarianMafia #CentralBanks #WealthAccumulation #Workers #PurchasingPower #GlobalShift #AgeOfAquarius #NearDeathExperience #Emotions #LifeValue #SocialOrder #PersonalDiscipline #Responsibility #TransformativeEvents #HiddenTruths #Conspiracies #GlobalInfluence #WealthTheft #MoneyValue #EconomicConditions #GlobalChange #HumanityWar #Awareness #Questioning #StatusQuo #Hypernovelty #Instability #Disturbance #PositiveChange #Readiness #Awakening #Perception #Understanding #Reality

Key Takeaways:
  • Workers effectively earn a fraction of their nominal wages due to diminished purchasing power.
  • The Khazarian Mafia and central banks are influential entities accumulating wealth at the expense of workers.
  • The author emphasizes the importance of personal discipline and responsibility.
  • Insights and a newfound appreciation for emotions and life are shared following a near-death experience.
  • A significant global shift, the "Age of Aquarius", is discussed, expected to bring transformative events.
Predictions:
  • A significant global shift is expected to occur in the Age of Aquarius.
  • Humanity is engaged in a larger war, with various hidden truths and conspiracies expected to emerge.
  • A state of "hypernovelty" will be experienced, where individuals start questioning their understanding of reality, leading to instability and disturbance.
  • Multiple significant events will occur over a few weeks, collectively perceived as a single transformative event, awakening large segments of the population.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Personal Discipline - 10-04-2023: 2 CENTS ON THE DOLLAR: TRUE EARNINGS

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's almost eleven, getting out a bit early. Got all my chores done on October 4. So any minute now they're going to start their, what do they call it, easily access system.

Not that we can access it anyway, so it interesting times here.

Hang on a second.

Some traffic issues. Anyway, so much to talk about. Okay, so a couple of things here. Just to note that everybody's working for two cent, right? If you're getting paid a dollar, you're only able to spend two cent out of that dollar.

So if they're paying you $50 an hour, then well, you're going to be reducing that by one fifth 50th, right? So it'd be one dollars. So essentially you're working for a dollar's worth of purchasing power if they are paying you $50 an hour. So bear that in mind. Right?

And that's equivalent to 1913 purchasing power on the Federal Reserve note, which is nominally notionally called the US dollar. So they're making you work for two cent, right? Anyway, okay, so we're in a weird place in the social order, not just here in the USA, but because we're the USA, because we're so dynamic, we affect a lot of the other parts of the rest of the planet and we're affected by them as well. But we put out a lot of stuff, right? This is all due to Kazarian Mafia and the promoting of Hollywood and all of that kind of stuff, but in any event, so all right, so it's a difficult subject, right?

There's a lot of stuff I can't get into at this stage because it's going to take too long. We're going to have to establish some background and it would be like waking up one day and discovering Chemtrails and they'd been in existence for 20 years and you hadn't noticed. Right? We have to go down that road on some real hidden conspiracies and we'll have to discuss that. But at the moment I wanted to talk about this idea of personal discipline and personal responsibility.

Okay? So everybody's out working for two cent per dollar. And so they're lying to you about the purchasing power that's not in your dollar and they're lying to you about the dollar itself. They're lying to you about stealing the money from you that they're actually stealing that don't get out of your dollar in purchasing power and your work is making them super wealthy. So all these super wealthy fuckers are on the other side of the central banking system and they get all their money and shit for free because you work and they steal it from you.

That's fundamentally the whole thing. And so we are. And I say we. I mean, humans, lots and lots of humans are really pissed about this situation with the dollar and everybody being stolen from for all this time, and the evil Khazarian Mafia trying to get us into a global nuclear war to be able to maintain control for that much longer, et cetera, et cetera. Right?

And so we're doing things about it and the approach is at this stage to basically wake the normies up and have everybody reject it. And so it's because the Uni Party Speaker of the House did a side deal to maintain the Ukraine money laundering scheme. Because of that, he's out, right? He's fucked. He's out.

And so we don't have patience anymore. So what they call the patriots. But I'm just saying regular humans don't have fucking patience for bullshit anymore because we've been working for two fucking cents an hour out of every dollar and we're really pissed. And there's also the other aspects of this, right? And that is that those two cent out of every dollar that you can actually spend make us fucking poor.

And all of our riches, all of our wealth is going to some other fuckers. And they're the guys in the central bank and on the other side of the central banking system. And so now we're seeing it all come apart, right? So we're seeing the journalists attack. As I stated, I don't think of them as journalists.

I don't think of them as mainstream media, but they really are. But a bunch of leftist journalists have been assaulted or killed and they're saying, oh, give us more injection sites and do away with more laws. All is good. And then they get stabbed to death, right? That sort of thing.

So this is happening. As I stated, we're still going to have that MSM moment that the data describes as a woman reporter getting her nose broken and getting just one strike to the face and she's down. And then there's chaos. And that chaos goes on for months from that one guy hitting her.

The that's just part of a whole series of things in the data. It's emblematic of this split between the normies and the mainstream media that's funded by the Kazarian mafia and the spinoff leftist organizations all over. And so this could have caused a big social upset. Now, I'm of the opinion, and I can't get into the details at this stage. We'll probably discuss them next week and for a couple of weeks thereafter because we're going to be getting into it.

I'm going to be doing some work and we're going to get into it and get some more information and stuff here. But anyway, so I'm of the opinion that we're coming up to a period of time and the separation from the mainstream media is but a symptom of a much larger social dynamic, okay? A much larger wave of change that moves through the body politic. Now we're getting all kinds of changes. Now you're seeing them incrementally.

You're seeing people get pissed and cause things to shift and alter. They're various different spots. The whole deep state Uniparty Ethos is under attack. All the LGBTQ nine, z five, whatever the fuck they are, right? All of that shit.

All the propaganda, the central bank propaganda for a CBDC, all of this stuff is getting on our case and we're getting really pissed at it. We're taking it on wherever we can. And so you find some people that are concentrating on one aspect of it, others that know, dealing with the politics, or someone else dealing with law, et cetera, and they're finding their ways to get in. Now, I'm in the woo business, so I'm using woo at it, right? And in the process of doing this, I come across some what I think may be like another giant hidden conspiracy sort of thing, right?

I mean, it's a weirdness and I'm investigating it now, but what I wanted to talk about was personal discipline and personal responsibility. So so I get the I get the cancer, I go into the hospital. It's my last day. It's Friday the 13th in July in 2018. And at around something like after eleven ish, that morning I die.

And then sometime later, the doctors and stuff, doctors and stuff, I don't think they knew I died, right? They did all their stuff. They weren't really paying attention. They had been pumping and getting the little various aspects of the body to do work as they're slicing on me. And they were talking about it for a brief period of time.

They're in the initial phase, they did stuff, but then my heart was beating, so they didn't have any problem with it, right? And they had tubes on me and all that kind of shit. And they're slicing me open anyway, so they get done and I'm just sitting up there watching. So I'm just hanging around in the ceiling, just watching all this shit. Anyway, so a couple of things to note.

When you are dead, you don't feel anything, okay? So when you are dead, there is no emotion. There is intellectual conjugitation, there is thinking and there is knowing, and there is revisiting and reliving the emotions. But the long sleep that you go through after you get the stuff distilled out of you into a single drop of intuition for your next life. This is the process of distilling the soul because the soul carries that stuff.

The soul is not conscious, by the way, guys. It's not conscious of itself. It's only conscious of its task, which is kind of a weird way for us to think about things, but that's the way it is. So after all of that, you get to go into your deep sleep and then you get to revisit and relive everything in this life and integrate it. And then you have a really deep sleep in which you just shed everything and then you're ready for the next life.

And that's just the way it works here. Now, as I say, you do not have emotion. You don't have feeling at all. So after my recovery, my rebirth, so to speak, from the death experience, I discovered that I am hugely sensitive to emotion in a way I had not been before. And I'm like sort of greedy for it, right, because I know that very shortly I won't have it for 1000 years or more as I lay there and go through my distillation and then my long sleep and who knows how long it's going to be.

In any event, though, there are people that I know that have had near death experiences that come out and they go absolutely batshit for emotion and for new experiences and for trying to get all this stuff done in the years that remain and so on, right? That's not particularly my approach to this. I'm not an emotion addict and I'm not wallowing in it, although I have an extremely fine appreciation for it, like a connoisseur kind of an appreciation for it that I had not had prior to this death, to this last death. Now, when they threw me back, I mean, it was like explicit. There's no words.

They don't talk to you. The rest of you doesn't talk to you. You just all have that same thought at the same time and then boom, you're back in the body. That was not a pleasant experience and then the next few years were not a pleasant experience coming out of it and getting up, back up to this level of recovery, which admittedly has taken the better part of these past five years in any event. So, okay, so life is really difficult under the ordinary sense of things.

We're not in an ordinary time. We're in a shift of the ages. These are always rough. The shift of the ages is going to do away with all of the old stuff that can't exist in the Age of Aquarius, which includes the Khazarian mafia.

That, in my opinion, is but a small, minor part of what we're going to be going through. So one way to look at it here is that everybody, all humanity, is going to be involved in a war.

Any fighting between humans, right, between one group of humans and another group of humans is just a small, little confrontation and tussle within the larger war. And within that larger war, we have all kinds of weird shit buried there. Like Chemtrails, right? Like all the conspiracies are all part of this larger war. This larger war is, in my opinion, about to bust out and that I think that I'm seeing some of the stuff in the data because that war is about to bust out to the level that it will become apparent to even the normies that we're in this strange new reality.

All right, this is part of the hypernovelty I was talking about for April 3 and beyond of next year, right? I think we'll reach hyper novelty at that point to where enough of the normies have seen stuff that they're no longer feeling normie, right? So they're really questioning. They're going through problems.

Their mind's not steady and not stable relative to the world. They're starting to think about things that they've never thought about and it's disturbing to them. And their world is unsettled and disturbed. And this is going to be part of the hypernobility that we go through. The hypernobalty will affect lots of people in a positive way because they'll be ready for it.

So I'll probably be affected positively because I'm ready for it. And I'll be able to harmonize with those things that I want and ignore the others. So we're getting into that sort of a weird spot here for all of humanity now. The Normies are going to have a really hard time between now and next June. All kinds of things are going to change.

It's going to cause them problems, these changes. And then there's the stuff that they will have to experience that's going to upset their minds, some of which is going to be these things that are going to be coming out that are not yet apparent and we're not yet discussing them.

And we'll get into that over these next few weeks as myself and a bunch of other people get into and explore what the fuck's happening. Now, also bear in mind we have these luminosity events, okay? It's not a single event. We don't think my data has a suggestion that agrees with the remote viewers that it is multiple events that will all be taken as a single incident, right? Even though there's multiple events in the incident.

So it's like you're driving down the road, you see a car parked on the side, and then you see the car ahead of you hit that car on the side of the road. And then the car that was ahead of you in and had hit that car now goes spinning out of control and hits another car coming at you that's on the other side of the road. And so you've got three vehicles involved in a single event, even though there was like three actual little collisions, right? So it hits the one car. And so that was one collision.

It bounces off, comes across the road and hits the other car. That was a second collision. And then it comes rolling back over and comes to a stop on the side of the road that had originally been on and next to the car it had originally hit. And so we have multiple actions that are all part of a single event. And so that's what we're thinking here.

There's some suggestion that that's what's going to happen, that we'll have multiple events that humanity will all take as all part of a single emergence or manifestation, even though these may be separated by some weeks. So it'd be like maybe four or five weeks would be the spread for this world changing situation. And by the time you got to the third event, you'd have so much of humanity aware of what's happening that the third event just like pushes over that last tranche into the awake group or at least the questioning group. And it's the questioning that is freaking out all of the Kazarian mafia.

Look how many more millions of people now, tens of millions of people now have heard the term Kazarian mafia enough that many of them are exploring it and saying, well, what is this Kazarian mafia, this kind of thing? And so we're actually changing the dynamics of humanity by us guys going on out here and talking about the Kazarians and talking about the $0.02 you're working for out of every dollar, et cetera, right? It changes your behavior, changes your attitudes, gives you information and you make different decisions because you heard that information. And I think we're coming up to one of those kind of situations. And this upcoming situation, in my opinion, will actually bring out stuff like chemtrails, okay?

But it won't be a major conspiracy. It'll be even though it's huge and giant and was for a while pretty much all over the Northern Hemisphere. Now, it's not so much over Russia, et cetera or the know, Uzbekistan and Kazakhstan and all of those, but it is it was a global conspiracy. And it's enough of a northern hemisphere conspiracy that it's going to freak out a lot of people when they realize that, oh, I've been seeing this shit all my life and I just assumed it was like clouds and normal and shit, right? And so they will have this reaction to that.

But this is going to be minor aspect. It'll be an also ram. And it's like, oh, yeah, in the Great War. Yeah. That's when I discovered that chemtrails existed.

And that occupied my thinking for a couple of weeks. And then I didn't worry about it, didn't even think about it. Because I knew that through the process of the Great War, it would be exposed even more and would eventually stop as we win this war and we decide what the fuck's going on and these sorts of things, right? Because there's so much that's been hidden from us that we have to all sit there and digest this information before we can make some good decisions on it. So, for instance, if chemtrails all right.

So we know that chemtrails are reducing sperm count in mammals of all kinds, including humans, and that we know that the sperm count has been reduced by half by half as an aggregate, and the mean has been lowered. So the sperm count mean has been lowered to half of its previous level. All right? So we know that it's doing that and in a general sense we don't want to do that, right? We want people to have children, we want to populate the world, we want to grow good humans, et cetera.

We want animals to be fekoned and to have new animals and this kind of thing. We're not part of the Kazarian Mafia that wants to kill everything and exist just themselves and their few slaves. But what if we discovered that chemtrails had a purpose and were done by the military? Because the military was under the dominant, not philosophy dominant, understanding that we were being observed by evil reptilians that were intent on taking us over, right? So it'd be like Independence Day or something like that, where our military knows we're being observed by the space aliens and so they can't think of what to do very much.

So when they want to do something they don't want the space aliens knowing about, they put up an aluminum shield over that area, because that's basically what chemtrails are, is a very finely ground aluminum dust mixed in with other minerals and shit. And so maybe that's what the military does, is they put this aluminum shield over an area so that the space aliens can't peer through with their devices, we think, anyway and see what we're doing. And so maybe after we win the war, we all discover, oh, fuck, the military is not wrong, there are evil reptilians sitting out there in spaceships plotting to invade us, and fuck, we got to do something about it. Well, maybe once the war is in the open, once we've defeated the Khazarians, once we start talking about all of this, maybe because we can start talking about it all, we come up with better ideas, right, that we're not limited to the kind of thinking that led us to chemtrails. Now, maybe chemtrails are intended to reduce sperm count as part of the Khazarian Mafia's depopulation agenda, in which case we'll just stop them and say, fuck it, we know that the chemtrails cause global warming, they cause to increase local heat, and as soon as you don't have chemtrails, it goes away.

So it's not like a systemic sort of thing. And humans are not causing global warming other than the illusion of it by the introduction of chemtrails. And if you stop it, it goes away. But like I say, maybe that's not really the case. Maybe that is what we think now.

And it turns out that the military told the Khazarians, oh, this would work to help on your depopulation program. And maybe the military knew it would reduce sperm count, but maybe the risk reward calculation said, well, we've got to do it regardless of the reduction in the sperm count, because we need to hide this shit from the space aliens in order that we might prepare for this upcoming space alien invasion. And so then all of humanity would have a big kind of a problem. We'd have to decide, well, do we keep doing the chemtrails in this larger war that we're involved in? Right?

And so this is where we come down to the personal responsibility and personal discipline. So many people, especially the males, especially with reduced testosterone and reduced sperm and so on, and the fact that we have so many beta males as a result of this, but they lack personal responsibility and discipline. Now we're going to have to get those very fucking rapidly. And so this is my point here, right? If you're male and you're not actively exercising, you're not actively involved in a discipline, and maybe you've got to look outside yourself for that discipline, maybe you've got to go sign up for karate classes and get into karate, right?

So that you got some discipline, some structure around you that you will feel compelled to meet those expectations. And this is basically what discipline is. It is you set yourself expectations and then you meet them. And so you are disciplined and you control yourself such you meet those expectations for yourself or it could be for someone else, right? Outside discipline versus internal.

In any event, though, so we're coming up in this period of time where in my opinion, this larger, greater war and no, I'm not talking about really about know that's Terry Cassidy level of fantasy. No evidence for reptilians other than in hyperspace. And I've never seen any evidence for reptilians here on the planet, nor secret bases. And I've never met any grays, although I'm willing to assume that the military's got some interaction with them and these fuckers are shoved in a ground somewhere, right? But nonetheless, here we are.

You are going to be presented, especially all the kids, all the generations that are younger than me are going to be presented with an opportunity to develop discipline and personal responsibility. And this is going to be presented to you by Universe. This presentation is not that far away, so I can't say when it's going to appear that you're going to have to have this discipline and take personal responsibility. So that means you're going to have to be responsible for yourself. You have to be responsible for your thoughts.

There will be no one to rescue you. You won't be able to allow yourself to get depressed. You're going to have to do stuff in order to meet the expectations that other people will have of you, but also of yourself, which means you're going to have to survive. So I had cancer, I was killed, I died. It was the third time I died.

So it wasn't really unexpected. I knew I was dying. And I'd also been to so many damn doctors that just kept telling me, it's all in your head, we can't find anything, blah, blah, blah, that I had no hope of rescue from the outside. And I did survive right? Now, I came out of that because of my personal discipline that I had developed over the years by being a martial artist.

Okay? So I suspect that a lot of people will have to get involved in martial arts, and it'd be a good thing to get involved in martial arts and start developing this discipline ahead of the need that will be pressed on you by universe. That need, as I say, in my opinion, is coming pretty quick. It's going to be here maybe before, as part of the hyper novelty. It'll be all exposed, this need for your personal discipline and personal responsibility.

But shortly thereafter, for sure, so before June or July of next year, maybe as early as April, some big shit's going to come out and we'll all have to react to it. It's going to be interesting, to say the least, and we will have some hints for you as we get into it, but it's going to be a real surprise for most of the normies and for a lot of the Wu people too. So we're going to have a lot of the Woo people go through their own little kind of shock awakening as we get forward here. It won't be as hard on them as it's going to be on the normies, but this is going to be really serious, guys. So this is going to be our entry into the Aquarian Age.

And it'll be fierce. It'll be kind of a fierce awakening into the Aquarian Age. It's coming. I'll get you more hints as we go forward. As I say, though, you don't survive cancer surgery, you don't survive war, you don't survive life without a personal discipline and a personal responsibility, that is to say, responsibility for yourself, right?

You feel responsible for doing your best. You feel responsible for valuing yourself, for taking account of your own worth and your potential to do stuff in the future. And it is that potential that we're counting on. All right? All of us old parts, we need you young guys to get your discipline, get your shit together, because the demands are just right ahead of us.

They're just almost in front of our face anyway. It's not a particularly uplifting message because it means that you guys got to go out and do your work. You got to get off your ass. But this is required and and the time is now. And if not you, then who can you count on?

If not you, who is it?


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.